WO2018201990A1 - 一种通信方法及终端、基站 - Google Patents

一种通信方法及终端、基站 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018201990A1
WO2018201990A1 PCT/CN2018/084905 CN2018084905W WO2018201990A1 WO 2018201990 A1 WO2018201990 A1 WO 2018201990A1 CN 2018084905 W CN2018084905 W CN 2018084905W WO 2018201990 A1 WO2018201990 A1 WO 2018201990A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
cell
base station
identifier
csi
terminal
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2018/084905
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
酉春华
张宏平
曾清海
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to BR112019022826-8A priority Critical patent/BR112019022826A2/pt
Priority to EP18794114.1A priority patent/EP3609225B1/en
Publication of WO2018201990A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018201990A1/zh
Priority to US16/671,100 priority patent/US11246068B2/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00—Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/02—Arrangements for optimising operational condition
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/0005—Control or signalling for completing the hand-off
    • H04W36/0083—Determination of parameters used for hand-off, e.g. generation or modification of neighbour cell lists
    • H04W36/0085—Hand-off measurements
    • H04W36/0094—Definition of hand-off measurement parameters
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/0001—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff
    • H04L1/0023—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff characterised by the signalling
    • H04L1/0026—Transmission of channel quality indication
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H04L1/1812—Hybrid protocols; Hybrid automatic repeat request [HARQ]
    • H04L1/1819—Hybrid protocols; Hybrid automatic repeat request [HARQ] with retransmission of additional or different redundancy
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0048—Allocation of pilot signals, i.e. of signals known to the receiver
    • H04L5/0051—Allocation of pilot signals, i.e. of signals known to the receiver of dedicated pilots, i.e. pilots destined for a single user or terminal
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W16/00—Network planning, e.g. coverage or traffic planning tools; Network deployment, e.g. resource partitioning or cells structures
    • H04W16/24—Cell structures
    • H04W16/28—Cell structures using beam steering
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00—Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/10—Scheduling measurement reports ; Arrangements for measurement reports
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/0005—Control or signalling for completing the hand-off
    • H04W36/0055—Transmission or use of information for re-establishing the radio link
    • H04W36/0058—Transmission of hand-off measurement information, e.g. measurement reports
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W56/00—Synchronisation arrangements
    • H04W56/001—Synchronization between nodes
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W56/00—Synchronisation arrangements
    • H04W56/004—Synchronisation arrangements compensating for timing error of reception due to propagation delay
    • H04W56/005—Synchronisation arrangements compensating for timing error of reception due to propagation delay compensating for timing error by adjustment in the receiver
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00—Wireless channel access
    • H04W74/08—Non-scheduled access, e.g. ALOHA
    • H04W74/0833—Random access procedures, e.g. with 4-step access
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00—Connection management
    • H04W76/10—Connection setup
    • H04W76/11—Allocation or use of connection identifiers
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00—Connection management
    • H04W76/20—Manipulation of established connections
    • H04W76/27—Transitions between radio resource control [RRC] states
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W80/00—Wireless network protocols or protocol adaptations to wireless operation
    • H04W80/02—Data link layer protocols
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/0005—Control or signalling for completing the hand-off
    • H04W36/0055—Transmission or use of information for re-establishing the radio link
    • H04W36/0072—Transmission or use of information for re-establishing the radio link of resource information of target access point
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/0005—Control or signalling for completing the hand-off
    • H04W36/0083—Determination of parameters used for hand-off, e.g. generation or modification of neighbour cell lists
    • H04W36/00835—Determination of neighbour cell lists
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/08—Reselecting an access point
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/24—Reselection being triggered by specific parameters
    • H04W36/30—Reselection being triggered by specific parameters by measured or perceived connection quality data
    • H04W36/302—Reselection being triggered by specific parameters by measured or perceived connection quality data due to low signal strength

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of mobile communications technologies, and in particular, to a communication method, a terminal, and a base station.
  • High frequency can be understood as a higher frequency band, for example greater than or equal to 6 GHz.
  • a high frequency cell for example, can be understood as a frequency band in which the operating frequency band of the cell is greater than or equal to 6 GHz or more.
  • the path loss of the general transmission is large.
  • the high-frequency cell introduces a beamforming technology, which concentrates the energy of the signal in a desired direction.
  • a beam such as a beam that forms an alignment terminal, can improve the demodulation signal-to-noise ratio of the terminal and improve the cell edge user experience.
  • the terminal needs to be handed over.
  • the present application provides a communication method, a terminal, and a base station, for performing communication between a terminal and a cell when performing cell handover.
  • the application provides a communication method, including:
  • the first base station Receiving, by the first base station, a cell identifier of the first cell, at least one beam parameter of the first cell, and a resource associated with the at least one beam parameter; the first cell belongs to the second base station;
  • the terminal Transmitting, by the terminal, information on a resource corresponding to the target beam parameter; the target beam parameter belongs to the at least one beam parameter;
  • the terminal receives a response to the information via a receive beam associated with the target beam parameter.
  • the terminal receives, from the first base station, a cell identifier of the first cell, at least one beam parameter of the first cell, and a resource associated with the at least one beam parameter; the first cell belongs to the second base station, and further
  • the target beam parameter can be determined, and information is transmitted on the resource corresponding to the target beam parameter, and the response to the information is received by the receive beam associated with the target beam parameter, so that the terminal and the cell are performed when performing cell handover.
  • the beam parameter is an identifier of a CSI-RS.
  • the terminal receives the first configuration sent by the first base station, where the first configuration includes a resource location and an identifier of at least one CSI-RS of the second base station;
  • the terminal measures the at least one CSI-RS
  • the identifier of some or all of the CSI-RSs in the at least one CSI-RS includes at least one beam parameter of the first cell.
  • the terminal sends the quality, and/or power of some or all of the CSI-RSs in the at least one CSI-RS to the first base station.
  • the at least one beam parameter of the first cell is selected according to at least one of an identifier, a quality, and/or a power of the part or all of the CSI-RS.
  • the terminal receives the second configuration sent by the first base station, where the second configuration includes a measurement frequency point;
  • the terminal measures at least one synchronization signal at the frequency point, the at least one synchronization signal belongs to at least one cell, and the at least one cell includes the first cell;
  • the terminal sends, to the first base station, an identifier of a part or all of the cells in the at least one cell, and a quality or power of the part or all of the cells, and an identifier of the at least one SS block of the part or all of the cells.
  • the terminal sends the quality and/or power of the synchronization signal associated with the at least one SS block of the part or all of the cells to the first base station.
  • the quality or power of the synchronization signal associated with the at least one SS block satisfies the first condition.
  • the SS block associated with the at least one CSI-RS of the second base station belongs to at least one SS block of the part or all cells.
  • the beam parameter is an identifier of an SS block.
  • the terminal receives a third configuration sent by the first base station, where the third configuration includes a measurement frequency point;
  • the terminal measures at least one synchronization signal at the frequency point, the at least one synchronization signal belongs to at least one cell, and the at least one cell includes the first cell;
  • the terminal sends, to the first base station, an identifier of a part or all of the cells in the at least one cell, and a signal or power of the part or all of the cells, and an identifier of the at least one SS block of the part or all of the cells;
  • the identifier of the at least one SS block of the part or all of the cells includes at least one beam parameter of the first cell.
  • the terminal sends the quality, and/or power of the at least one SS block of the part or all cells to the first base station.
  • the beam parameter is selected according to at least one of identifier, quality, and/or power of at least one SS block of the part or all cells.
  • the quality or power of the synchronization signal associated with the at least one SS block of the part or all of the cells satisfies the first condition.
  • the beam parameter is an identifier of the SS block or an identifier of the CSI-RS.
  • the terminal receives a first configuration from the first base station, where the first configuration includes a resource location and an identifier of at least one CSI-RS of the first cell;
  • the terminal measures at least one CSI-RS of the first cell and at least one synchronization signal of the first cell;
  • the terminal Transmitting, by the terminal, the first quality, and/or the first power of the first cell to the first base station, where the first quality, and/or the first power is based on at least one CSI of the first cell - the quality, and/or power obtained for some or all of the CSI-RSs in the RS, and the second quality, and/or the second power of the first cell, the second quality, and/or the second power being Obtained based on the quality, and/or power of some or all of the synchronization signals in the at least one synchronization signal.
  • the terminal receives a second indication from the first base station
  • the terminal measures at least one CSI-RS of the serving cell
  • the terminal transmits a third quality, and/or a third power of the serving cell to the first base station, the third quality, and/or third power being based on the Obtained by the quality, and/or power of some or all of the CSI-RSs in at least one CSI-RS of the serving cell.
  • the terminal receives a third indication from the first base station
  • the terminal measures at least one synchronization signal of the serving cell
  • the terminal transmits a fourth quality, and/or fourth power of the serving cell to the first base station, the fourth quality, and/or fourth power being based on the Obtained by the quality, and/or power of some or all of the synchronization signals in at least one of the synchronization signals of the serving cell.
  • the resource is a random access resource
  • the information is a preamble sequence
  • the response includes an uplink timing advance.
  • the resource is an uplink resource
  • the information is uplink data
  • the response is HARQ feedback.
  • the uplink data includes an RRC connection reconfiguration complete message.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a terminal, which can perform any of the methods provided by implementing the foregoing first aspect.
  • the terminal has a function of implementing the behavior of the terminal in any of the foregoing methods, and the function may be implemented by hardware or by executing corresponding software by hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the functions described above.
  • the structure of the terminal includes a processor and a transceiver, the processor being configured to support the terminal to perform a corresponding function in any of the methods of the above first aspect, such as generating, receiving or processing the above method.
  • the transceiver is configured to support communication between the terminal and other entities, and to transmit or receive from other entities information or instructions involved in any of the methods of the first aspect described above.
  • the terminal may also include a memory for coupling with the processor, which stores program instructions and data necessary for the terminal.
  • the application provides a communication method, including:
  • the first base station receives, from the second base station, a cell identifier of a first cell, at least one beam parameter of the first cell, and a resource associated with the at least one beam parameter; the first cell belongs to the Second base station;
  • the first base station Transmitting, by the first base station, a cell identifier of the first cell, at least one beam parameter of the first cell, and a resource associated with the at least one beam parameter to the terminal; at least one beam parameter of the first cell An identifier of a part or all of the CSI-RSs in the at least one CSI-RS, where the beam parameter is an identifier of the CSI-RS.
  • the first base station receives a resource location and identifier of at least one CSI-RS of the second base station;
  • the first base station Transmitting, by the first base station, a first configuration to the terminal, where the first configuration includes a resource location and an identifier of at least one CSI-RS of the second base station;
  • the first base station sends a measurement frequency point to the terminal
  • the first base station receives, from the terminal, an identifier of a part or all of the cells in the at least one cell associated with the measurement frequency point, and a quality or power of the part or all cells, and at least part or all of the cells.
  • the identifier of an SS block
  • the first base station sends, to the second base station, an identifier of a cell associated with the second base station in the part or all of the cells, and an identifier of at least one SS block of the cell associated with the second base station;
  • Some or all of the SS blocks in the at least one SS block are associated with at least one CSI-RS of the second base station.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a base station, which can perform any of the methods provided by implementing the foregoing third aspect.
  • the base station has a function of implementing the behavior of the base station in any of the methods in the foregoing third aspect, and the function may be implemented by using hardware or by executing corresponding software by hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the functions described above.
  • the structure of the base station includes a processor and a transceiver, the processor being configured to support the base station to perform a corresponding function in any of the methods of the above third aspect, such as generating, receiving or processing the above method.
  • the transceiver is for supporting communication between a base station and other entities, and transmitting or receiving information or instructions involved in any of the methods of the third aspect to other entities.
  • a memory may also be included in the base station for coupling with the processor, which stores the necessary program instructions and data for the base station.
  • the application provides a communication method, including:
  • the first base station receives, from the terminal, an identifier of a part or all of the cells in the at least one cell and an identifier of the SS block associated with the identifier of the part or all of the cells;
  • the first base station sends, to the second base station, an identifier of a cell associated with the second base station in the part or all of the cells, and an identifier of at least one SS block of the cell associated with the second base station;
  • the first base station receives, from the second base station, a cell identifier of a first cell, at least one beam parameter of the first cell, and a resource associated with the at least one beam parameter; the first cell belongs to the Second base station;
  • the first base station sends a measurement frequency point to the terminal; the measurement frequency point is associated with the at least one cell.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a base station, which can perform any of the methods provided by implementing the foregoing fifth aspect.
  • the base station has a function of implementing the behavior of the base station in any of the methods in the foregoing fifth aspect, and the function may be implemented by using hardware or by executing corresponding software by hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the functions described above.
  • the structure of the base station includes a processor and a transceiver, the processor being configured to support the base station to perform a corresponding function in any of the methods of the above fifth aspect, such as generating, receiving or processing the above method.
  • the transceiver is configured to support communication between a base station and other entities, and to transmit or receive from other entities information or instructions involved in any of the methods of the fifth aspect.
  • a memory may also be included in the base station for coupling with the processor, which stores the necessary program instructions and data for the base station.
  • the application provides a communication method, including:
  • the first base station receives, from the second base station, an identifier of the at least one cell, an identifier of the CSI-RS associated with the at least one cell, and a resource location;
  • the first base station receives, from the terminal, an identifier of a part or all of the cells in the at least one cell, an identifier of an SS block associated with the part or all cells, and/or an identifier of a CSI-RS.
  • the first base station sends, to the second base station, an identifier of a part or all of the cells in the at least one cell, an identifier of an SS block associated with the part or all cells, and/or a CSI-RS Identification
  • the first base station receives, from the second base station, an identifier of a first cell, at least a beam parameter associated with the first cell, the at least one beam parameter belongs to an identifier of the associated SS block, and/or a CSI An identifier of the RS, the first cell belonging to the at least one cell;
  • the first base station Transmitting, by the first base station, the identifier of the first cell, and at least a beam parameter associated with the first cell, where the at least one beam parameter belongs to an identifier of the associated SS block, and/or CSI - The logo of the RS.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a base station, which can perform any of the methods provided by implementing the foregoing seventh aspect.
  • the base station has a function of implementing the behavior of the base station in any of the methods in the foregoing seventh aspect, and the function may be implemented by using hardware or by executing corresponding software by hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the functions described above.
  • the structure of the base station includes a processor and a transceiver, the processor being configured to support the base station to perform a corresponding function in any of the methods of the foregoing seventh aspect, such as generating, receiving, or processing the foregoing method.
  • the transceiver is configured to support communication between a base station and other entities, and to transmit or receive from other entities information or instructions involved in any of the methods of the seventh aspect described above.
  • a memory may also be included in the base station for coupling with the processor, which stores the necessary program instructions and data for the base station.
  • the application provides a communication method, including:
  • the first base station sends a second indication to the terminal
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a base station, which can perform any of the methods provided by implementing the foregoing ninth aspect.
  • the base station has a function of implementing the behavior of the base station in the method of any of the foregoing ninth aspects, and the function may be implemented by hardware or by executing corresponding software by hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the functions described above.
  • the structure of the base station includes a processor and a transceiver, the processor being configured to support the base station to perform a corresponding function in any of the methods of the above ninth aspect, such as generating, receiving or processing the above method.
  • the transceiver is configured to support communication between a base station and other entities, and to transmit or receive from other entities information or instructions involved in any of the methods of the above ninth aspect.
  • a memory may also be included in the base station for coupling with the processor, which stores the necessary program instructions and data for the base station.
  • the application provides a communication method, including:
  • the first base station sends a third indication to the terminal
  • a fourth quality, and/or a fourth power of the serving cell that is sent by the terminal in response to the third indication, where the fourth quality, and/or the fourth power is based on the Obtained by the quality, and/or power of some or all of the synchronization signals in at least one of the synchronization signals of the serving cell.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a base station, which can perform any of the methods provided by implementing the foregoing eleventh aspect.
  • the base station has a function of implementing the behavior of the base station in any one of the foregoing eleventh methods, and the function may be implemented by hardware or by executing corresponding software by hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the functions described above.
  • the structure of the base station includes a processor and a transceiver, and the processor is configured to support the base station to perform a corresponding function in any of the foregoing eleventh methods, such as generating, receiving, or processing the foregoing method. Data and/or information involved in this.
  • the transceiver is configured to support communication between a base station and other entities, and to transmit or receive from other entities information or instructions involved in any of the methods of the eleventh aspect.
  • a memory may also be included in the base station for coupling with the processor, which stores the necessary program instructions and data for the base station.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a computer storage medium for storing computer software instructions used by the terminal provided in the second aspect, which includes a program designed to execute the first aspect.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a computer storage medium for storing computer software instructions used by the base station provided in the foregoing fourth aspect, which includes a program designed to execute the foregoing third aspect; or Computer software instructions for storing the base station provided in the sixth aspect above, comprising: a program for performing the fifth aspect described above; or storing computer software instructions for the base station provided in the eighth aspect, It comprises a program for performing the seventh aspect described above; or a computer software instruction for storing the base station provided in the above tenth aspect, comprising a program for performing the above-described ninth aspect; or Computer software instructions for use in storing the base station provided in the twelfth aspect above, comprising a program for performing the eleventh aspect described above.
  • the present application further provides a computer program product comprising instructions, when executed on a computer, causing a computer to perform the method of the first aspect, the computer program product comprising computer execution instructions, the computer
  • the execution instructions are stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the processor of the terminal can read the computer execution instruction from the computer readable storage medium; the processor executes the computer to execute the instruction, so that the terminal performs the step performed by the terminal in the foregoing method provided by the embodiment of the present application, or causes the terminal to deploy and The functional unit corresponding to the step.
  • the present application also provides a computer program product comprising instructions which, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform the third or fifth aspect or the seventh aspect or the ninth aspect or the eleventh aspect
  • the method of the aspect, the computer program product comprising computer-executable instructions, the computer-executable instructions being stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the processor of the base station can read the computer execution instruction from the computer readable storage medium; the processor executes the computer to execute the instruction, so that the base station performs the steps performed by the base station in the foregoing method provided by the embodiment of the present application, or enables the base station to deploy The functional unit corresponding to the step.
  • the present application further provides a chip system, the chip system including a processor, configured to support a terminal to implement functions involved in the foregoing aspects, for example, generating, receiving, or processing data involved in the foregoing method. And / or information.
  • the chip system further comprises a memory for storing necessary program instructions and data of the terminal.
  • the chip system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the present application further provides a chip system, the chip system comprising a processor, configured to support a base station to implement functions involved in the foregoing aspects, for example, generating, receiving, or processing data involved in the foregoing method. And / or information.
  • the chip system further includes a memory for storing necessary program instructions and data of the base station.
  • the chip system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the group identifier of the beam parameter is carried, so that when the terminal reports the measurement result, The group identifier and the quality and/or power corresponding to the group identifier can be reported.
  • the quality and/or power corresponding to the group identifier is obtained based on the quality and/or power corresponding to the at least one beam parameter in the group, for example, the quality and/or power corresponding to the at least one beam parameter in the group. average value.
  • a gap when the first base station sends the measurement configuration (for example, the first configuration, the second configuration, and the third configuration) to the terminal, a gap (measurement interval) may be carried to indicate the timing of the terminal measurement.
  • the present application further provides ten other aspects, including a beam management method, a terminal device, and a network device, for managing a beam sent by the network device to the terminal device.
  • the application provides a beam management method, including:
  • the terminal device measures the beam of the network device
  • the terminal device sends an identifier of the first beam to the network device by using physical layer control signaling or medium access control MAC layer control signaling, where the first beam is a beam that fails to generate a beam or a beam that satisfies a first condition.
  • the terminal device measures the beam of the network device, for example, periodically, or performs measurement according to the indication of the network device. Further, the terminal device sends the identifier of the first beam to the network device, where the first beam is generated.
  • the beam that fails the beam may be a reference signal receiving strength or a reference signal receiving a beam whose quality is lower than the first threshold, or a beam failure beam may be understood as The reference signal receives a weaker beam or the reference signal receives a poor quality beam.
  • the beam satisfying the first condition may be a reference signal receiving intensity or a reference signal receiving a beam having a quality higher than a second threshold, or may satisfy the first
  • a conditional beam is understood to be a beam with a stronger received reference signal or a better quality of the reference signal.
  • the identification of the first beam is sent to the network device through physical layer control signaling, In a possible design, the identifier of the first beam is sent to the network through MAC layer control signaling.
  • Device such as a MAC layer control unit Radio Access (English: Medium access control Control Elements, abbreviation: MAC CE).
  • the network device can further manage the beam, for example, re-adjust the beam serving the terminal device, etc., and the first beam
  • the identifier is sent to the network device through the physical layer control signaling or the MAC layer control signaling, so that the beam with poor quality or good quality can be reported to the network device in a fast and timely manner, which is convenient for beam management.
  • the terminal device sends the identifier of the first beam to the network device when the certain condition is met. For example, when the terminal device determines the beam after the beam measurement, the terminal device passes the physical layer control signaling or The MAC layer control signaling sends the identifier of the first beam to the network device; for example, the first timer is set. When the first timer expires, the terminal device passes the physical layer control signaling or the MAC layer control signaling. The network device sends the identifier of the first beam.
  • the first timer can be restarted and re-timed after timeout; for example, the second timer is set, when the second timer expires, and the second timer is not received.
  • the terminal device When the response to the identifier of the second beam is reached, the terminal device sends the identifier of the first beam to the network device by using physical layer control signaling or MAC layer control signaling, where the second beam is a beam that fails to generate a beam or a beam that meets the foregoing first condition, where the first beam and the second beam may be the same or different. Specifically, the terminal device sends the identifier of the second beam to the network device.
  • the terminal device may re-report the second beam (here, the second beam is the same as the first beam), or the terminal device The beam measurement is performed again, and the measured first beam is reported to the network device.
  • the terminal device sends a first request to the network device, where the first request is used to request an uplink resource, and further, the terminal device receives, from the network device, an uplink resource.
  • the second indication information optionally, the uplink resource is used to transmit the foregoing physical layer control signaling or MAC layer control signaling, where the physical layer control signaling or the MAC layer control signaling includes the first beam.
  • the first request is a preamble sequence of random access, and is sent to the network device by using a physical random access channel; in another possible design, the first request is Uplink control signaling, and is sent to the network device through a physical uplink control channel.
  • the data in the terminal device has a sending priority
  • the terminal device performs resource allocation according to the uplink resource and the preset sending priority, and the priority is given according to the sending priority order.
  • the preset sending priority may be pre-defined by the protocol, or pre-configured by the network device.
  • the MAC layer of the terminal device preferentially allocates resources according to the order of sending priority.
  • the sending priority of the MAC layer control signaling is greater than the sending priority of the buffer status report (BSR), optionally, the MAC layer control signal.
  • BSR buffer status report
  • the transmission priority of the order is smaller than the transmission priority of the control signaling of the identity of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device if the terminal device cannot receive the identifier of the beam serving the terminal device, the terminal device sends a connection re-establishment request to the network device, where the terminal device can be considered as unable to receive the beam serving the terminal device under the following circumstances. Identifying, for example, when the terminal device sends the identifier of the first beam to the network device, the terminal device does not receive the response message for the identifier of the first beam, and the terminal device determines that the current beam is unavailable, the terminal device determines the wireless The link fails to send a connection re-establishment request to the network device.
  • connection re-establishment request may be a radio resource control (English: Radio Resource Control, RRC for short) connection re-establishment request; for example, when the terminal The device sends a first request to the network device, where the first request is used to request an uplink resource, the terminal device does not receive a response message for the first request within a set duration, and the terminal device sends the first request If the number of requests exceeds the preset number of times, the terminal device determines that the radio link fails, thereby sending the network device Connection re-establishment request, alternatively, the connection re-establishment request may be an RRC connection re-establishment request.
  • the RRC Connection Reestablishment Request is used to reestablish the RRC connection.
  • the terminal device further receives a first configuration that is sent by the network device, where the first configuration includes a window period and a window duration; and the terminal device measures the beam of the network device, where the terminal device includes: The window period and the window duration are measured, and the beam of the network device is measured.
  • the terminal device can be prevented from continuously performing beam measurement, thereby reducing power consumption of the terminal device and saving power.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a terminal device, which can perform any of the methods provided by implementing the foregoing first aspect.
  • the terminal device has a function of implementing the behavior of the terminal device in any of the foregoing methods, and the function may be implemented by hardware or by executing corresponding software by hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the functions described above.
  • the terminal device may be a user equipment, where the terminal device may be used to measure a beam of the network device, for example, periodically, or according to an indication of the network device, and further, the terminal device sends the network device to the network device.
  • An identifier of a beam where the first beam is a beam that fails to generate a beam or a beam that satisfies a first condition.
  • the beam that fails the beam may be a reference signal receiving strength or a reference signal receiving quality lower than a first threshold.
  • the beam may also be understood as a beam with a beam failure as a reference signal receiving weaker beam or a reference signal receiving poor quality beam.
  • the beam satisfying the first condition may be a reference signal receiving intensity or a reference signal receiving quality is high.
  • the beam that satisfies the first condition can also be understood as a beam with a stronger received reference signal or a better received signal quality.
  • the identifier of the first beam passes.
  • Physical layer control signaling is sent to the network device, in another possible design, the first Beam identifier to the network device through the MAC layer control signaling, such as MAC layer is a MAC CE. Since the terminal device can transmit the identifier of the first beam to the network device after the beam measurement, the network device can further manage the beam, for example, re-adjust the beam serving the terminal device, etc., and the first beam The identifier is sent to the network device through the physical layer control signaling or the MAC layer control signaling, so that the identifier of the first beam is reported to the network device in a fast and timely manner.
  • the MAC layer control signaling such as MAC layer is a MAC CE.
  • the structure of the terminal device includes a processor and a transceiver, the processor being configured to support the terminal device to perform a corresponding function in any of the methods of the above first aspect, such as generating, receiving or processing the above Data and/or information involved in the method.
  • the transceiver is configured to support communication between the terminal device and other entities, and to transmit or receive from other entities information or instructions involved in any of the methods of the first aspect described above.
  • a memory may also be included in the terminal device for coupling with the processor, which stores program instructions and data necessary for the terminal device.
  • the application provides a beam management method, including:
  • the network device receives the physical layer control signaling or the MAC layer control signaling sent by the terminal device, where the physical layer control signaling or the MAC layer control signaling includes an identifier of the first beam, where the first beam is a beam that fails to generate a beam. Or a beam that satisfies the first condition;
  • the terminal device measures the beam of the network device, for example, periodically, or performs measurement according to the indication of the network device. Further, the terminal device sends the identifier of the first beam to the network device, where the first beam is a beam. A failed beam or a beam that satisfies the first condition.
  • the beam that fails the beam may be a reference signal receiving strength or a reference signal receiving a beam whose quality is lower than the first threshold, or a beam failure beam may be understood as a reference. The signal receiving strength is weak or the reference signal accepts a poor quality beam.
  • the beam satisfying the first condition may be a reference signal receiving intensity or a reference signal receiving a beam having a quality higher than a second threshold, or may satisfy the first
  • a conditional beam is understood to be a beam with a stronger received reference signal or a better quality of the reference signal.
  • the identification of the first beam is sent to the network device through physical layer control signaling, in another In a possible design, the identifier of the first beam is sent to the network through MAC layer control signaling. Devices, such as the MAC layer MAC CE.
  • the terminal device may send the identifier of the first beam to the network device by using physical layer control signaling or MAC layer control signaling, after receiving the physical layer control signaling or the MAC layer control signaling, the network device Solving the identifier of the first beam, further, reconfiguring the beam serving the terminal device for the terminal device according to the identifier of the first beam, and sending a response message to the terminal device, where the response message is used to indicate the service station The identifier of the beam of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device sends the identifier of the first beam to the network device when the certain condition is met. For example, when the terminal device determines the beam after the beam measurement, the terminal device passes the physical layer control signaling or The MAC layer control signaling sends the identifier of the first beam to the network device, that is, the physical layer control signaling or the MAC layer control signaling is sent by the terminal device to the network device when determining that a beam failure occurs;
  • the first timer is set, and when the first timer expires, the terminal device sends the identifier of the first beam to the network device by using physical layer control signaling or MAC layer control signaling, optionally, the A timer may be restarted and re-timed after the timeout, that is, the physical layer control signaling or MAC layer control signaling is sent by the terminal device to the network device when determining that the first timer expires; for example, Determining a second timer, when the second timer expires and the response to the identifier of
  • the terminal device sends a first request to the network device, where the network device receives the first request sent by the terminal device, where the first request is used to request an uplink resource. Further, the network device sends, to the terminal device, second indication information for indicating an uplink resource, where the terminal device receives, from the network device, second indication information for indicating an uplink resource, optionally, the uplink resource. And for transmitting the foregoing physical layer control signaling or MAC layer control signaling, where the physical layer control signaling or the MAC layer control signaling includes the first beam.
  • the first request is a preamble sequence of random access, and is sent to the network device by using a physical random access channel; in another possible design, the first request is Uplink control signaling, and is sent to the network device through a physical uplink control channel.
  • the data in the terminal device has a sending priority
  • the terminal device performs resource allocation according to the uplink resource and the preset sending priority, and the priority is given according to the sending priority order.
  • the preset sending priority may be pre-defined by the protocol, or pre-configured by the network device.
  • the MAC layer of the terminal device preferentially allocates resources according to the order of sending priority.
  • the sending priority of the MAC layer control signaling is greater than the sending priority of the buffer status report (BSR), optionally, the MAC layer control signal.
  • BSR buffer status report
  • the transmission priority of the order is smaller than the transmission priority of the control signaling of the identity of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device cannot receive the identifier of the beam serving the terminal device, send a connection re-establishment request to the network device, where the network device receives the connection re-establishment request sent by the terminal device, where the terminal device is
  • the identifier of the beam serving the terminal device cannot be received. For example, when the terminal device sends the identifier of the first beam to the network device, the terminal device does not receive the response message for the identifier of the first beam. And the terminal device determines that the current beam is unavailable, the terminal device determines that the radio link fails, and sends a connection re-establishment request to the network device.
  • connection re-establishment request may be radio resource control (English: Radio Resource) Control, abbreviated as: RRC) connection re-establishment request; for example, when the terminal device sends a first request to the network device, the first request is used to request an uplink resource, and the terminal device does not receive the target for the set time Determining a response message of the first request, and the number of times the terminal device sends the first request exceeds a preset Number, the terminal apparatus determines a radio link failure, to transmit the connection re-establishment request to the network device, alternatively, the connection re-establishment request may be an RRC connection re-establishment request.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • the network device sends a first configuration to the terminal device, where the terminal device receives a first configuration sent by the network device, where the first configuration includes a window period and a window duration; and the terminal device pairs the network device And measuring, by the terminal device, the beam of the network device according to the window period and the window duration.
  • the terminal device can be prevented from continuously performing beam measurement, thereby reducing power consumption of the terminal device and saving power.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a network device, which can perform any of the methods provided by implementing the foregoing third aspect.
  • the network device has a function of implementing the behavior of the network device in any one of the foregoing methods, and the function may be implemented by using hardware or by executing corresponding software by hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the functions described above.
  • the network device may be a base station, a transmission point, or the like, where the network device may be configured to: after receiving the physical layer control signaling or the MAC layer control signaling, extract the identifier of the first beam, and further, according to And identifying, by the terminal device, a beam serving the terminal device, and sending a response message to the terminal device, where the response message is used to indicate an identifier of a beam serving the terminal device.
  • the structure of the network device includes a processor and a transceiver, the processor being configured to support the network device to perform a corresponding function in any of the methods of the above third aspect, such as generating, receiving or processing the above Data and/or information involved in the method.
  • the transceiver is for supporting communication between a network device and other entities, and transmitting or receiving information or instructions involved in any of the methods of the third aspect to other entities.
  • the network device can also include a memory for coupling with the processor that holds program instructions and data necessary for the network device.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a computer storage medium for storing computer software instructions used by the terminal device provided in the foregoing second aspect, which includes a program designed to execute the above first aspect.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a computer storage medium for storing computer software instructions used by the network device provided in the foregoing fourth aspect, which includes a program designed to execute the foregoing third aspect.
  • the present application further provides a computer program product comprising instructions, when executed on a computer, causing a computer to perform the method of the above first aspect, the computer program product comprising computer execution instructions, the computer executing The instructions are stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the processor of the terminal device can read the computer execution instruction from the computer readable storage medium; the processor executes the computer to execute the instruction, so that the terminal device performs the steps performed by the terminal device in the foregoing method provided by the embodiment of the present application, or causes the terminal to The device deploys the functional unit corresponding to this step.
  • the present application further provides a computer program product comprising instructions, when executed on a computer, causing a computer to perform the method of the above third aspect, the computer program product comprising computer execution instructions, the computer executing The instructions are stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the processor of the network device can read the computer execution instructions from the computer readable storage medium; the processor executes the computer to execute the instructions, so that the network device performs the steps performed by the network device in the foregoing method provided by the embodiments of the present application, or makes the network The device deploys the functional unit corresponding to this step.
  • the present application further provides a chip system, including a processor, for supporting a terminal device to implement the functions involved in the foregoing aspects, for example, generating, receiving, or processing data involved in the foregoing method. And / or information.
  • the chip system further comprises a memory for storing necessary program instructions and data of the terminal device.
  • the chip system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the present application further provides a chip system, including a processor, for supporting a network device to implement functions involved in the foregoing aspects, for example, generating, receiving, or processing data involved in the foregoing method. And / or information.
  • the chip system further includes a memory for storing necessary program instructions and data of the network device.
  • the chip system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the beam management method and the ten aspects of the terminal device and the network device provided by the present application may be combined with the communication method provided above and the contents of the eighteen aspects of the terminal and the base station, for example, when the beam management method and the terminal are used.
  • the cell handover can be performed according to the communication method provided above and the content of the terminal and the 18 aspects of the base station.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario provided by the present application
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a measurement method provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a measurement method provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a base station provided by the present application.
  • Figure 6 (a) is a schematic diagram of a terminal provided by the present application.
  • 6(b) is a schematic diagram of a terminal provided by the present application.
  • Figure 7 is a schematic view of the apparatus provided by the present application.
  • Figure 8 is a schematic diagram of a terminal provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a base station provided by the present application.
  • Figure 10 is a method of beam management based on group
  • Figure 11 is a method of measuring GAP
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a flowchart of a beam management method provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a MAC PDU provided by the present application.
  • 15 is a schematic diagram of a beam measurement window period and a window duration provided by the present application.
  • 16 is a schematic diagram of a beam measurement duration provided by the present application.
  • Figure 17 is a network device provided by the present application.
  • Figure 18 (a) is a terminal device provided by the present application.
  • Figure 18 (b) is a terminal device provided by the present application.
  • Figure 19 is a device provided by the present application.
  • Figure 20 is a terminal device provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 21 is a network device provided by the present application.
  • the network architecture and the service scenario described in the embodiments of the present application are for the purpose of more clearly illustrating the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, and do not constitute a limitation of the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application.
  • the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application are equally applicable to similar technical problems.
  • the present application can be applied to existing cellular communication systems, such as Global System for Mobile Communication (GSM), Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA), and long-term In the system of evolution (English: Long Term Evolution, LTE for short), it is applicable to the fifth generation mobile communication system (English: 5rd-Generation, 5G for short), such as adopting new wireless (English: New Radio, referred to as: NR) Communication network such as access network and cloud radio access network (English: Cloud Radio Access Network, CRAN for short) can also be extended to similar wireless communication systems, such as wireless fidelity (English: WIreless-Fidelity, short for :wifi), Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access (WiMAX), and other related cellular systems of the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (English: 3rd Generation Partnership Project, 3GPP) Suitable for other orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (English: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multipl Exing, abbreviated as: OFDM) access technology wireless communication system, and also suitable for future wireless
  • the identification of a beam can be expressed in the following ways:
  • Logical number A logical number may correspond to dynamically changing transmit and receive beam pairs. It can be a reduced mapping of CSI-RS resource number/antenna port number. That is to say, the base station may use a large number of CSI-RS resources/antenna ports in total, but for a certain UE, the CSI-RS resources/antenna ports it measures and uses are only a subset, so the direct indication can be adopted.
  • the CSI-RS resource/antenna port is reduced in a manner to indicate the CSI-RS used before the UE, thereby indicating the receiving beam of the UE.
  • BPL number Refers to an indication of the transmit and receive beam pairs.
  • CSI-RS resource number/antenna port number Refers to telling the UE which receive beam to use for reception by indicating the previously used/measured CSI-RS resource number/antenna port number.
  • SS block time index refers to a synchronization signal. That is, the time number of the SS block received by the UE. It can be used to inform the UE which receive beam to use for reception.
  • the network architecture and the service scenario described in this application are for the purpose of more clearly explaining the technical solutions of the present application, and do not constitute a limitation on the technical solutions provided by the present application. Those skilled in the art may know that with the evolution of the network architecture and new services. The appearance of the scenario, the technical solution provided by the present application is equally applicable to similar technical problems.
  • FIG. 1 it is a schematic diagram of a possible application scenario of the present application, including at least one terminal 10, which communicates with a radio access network (English: Radio Access Network, RAN for short) through a wireless interface, where the RAN includes At least one base station 20, only one base station and one terminal are shown.
  • the terminal 10 can also communicate with another terminal 10, such as a device-to-device (English: Device to Device, D2D) or machine-to-machine (English: Machine to Machine, M2M) scenario.
  • the base station 20 can communicate with the terminal 10 or with another base station 20, such as communication between the macro base station and the access point.
  • the RAN is connected to a core network (English: core network, referred to as CN).
  • the CN may be coupled to one or more data networks (English: Data Network, DN for short), such as the Internet, public switched telephone network (PSTN). .
  • DN Data Network
  • PSTN public switched telephone network
  • Terminal also known as User Equipment (English: User Equipment, UE for short), or Terminal Equipment, or a kind of voice and/or data connection provided to the user.
  • Sexual devices such as handheld devices with wireless connectivity or wireless communication capabilities, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, computing devices, control devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, and various forms of mobile stations : Mobile station, referred to as: MS).
  • Common terminals include: mobile phone, tablet, notebook, handheld computer, mobile internet device (English: mobile internet device, MID for short), wearable devices such as smart watches, smart bracelets , pedometer, etc.
  • the above mentioned devices are collectively referred to as terminals.
  • the base station is a device that connects the terminal to the wireless network, including but not limited to: an evolved Node B (English: evolved Node B, eNB for short), and a radio network controller (English: radio network controller, Abbreviation: RNC), Node B (English: Node B, NB for short), Base Station Controller (English: Base Station Controller, BSC for short), Base Transceiver Station (English: Base Transceiver Station, BTS for short), Home Base Station (For example, Home evolved NodeB, or Home Node B, referred to as HNB), Baseband Unit (English: BaseBand Unit, BBU for short), Base Station (English: g NodeB, abbreviation: gNB), Transmission Point (English: Transmitting and receiving Point, referred to as: TRP), transmitting point (English: Transmitting point, TP for short), mobile switching center, etc.
  • RNC radio network controller
  • Node B English: Node B, NB for short
  • Base Station Controller English: Base Station Controller, BSC for
  • the device for directly communicating with the terminal through the wireless channel is usually a base station, and the base station may include various forms of macro base stations, micro base stations, relay stations, access points, or radio remote units (English: Remote Radio Unit, RRU for short: RRU)
  • the wireless communication with the terminal may also be another base station having a wireless communication function, which is not limited in this application.
  • the name of a device with a base station function may be different, for example, in an LTE network, called an evolved NodeB (eNB or eNodeB), in the 3rd Generation (3G) In the network, it is called Node B and so on.
  • eNB evolved NodeB
  • 3G 3rd Generation
  • MR refers to a measurement report, that is, a measurement report
  • HO refers to a handover, that is, a handover.
  • the UL beam refers to the uplink beam
  • the DL beam refers to the downlink beam
  • the RRM refers to the radio resource measurement.
  • a beam can be understood as a spatial resource, and can refer to a transmission or reception precoding vector having energy transmission directivity.
  • the transmitting or receiving precoding vector can be identified by index information.
  • the energy transmission directivity may refer to precoding processing of a signal to be transmitted by using the precoding vector, and the signal processed by the precoding has a certain spatial directivity, and the precoding is performed by the precoding vector.
  • the received signal has better received power, such as meeting the received demodulation signal to noise ratio, etc.; the energy transmission directivity may also mean that the same signal transmitted from different spatial locations is received by the precoding vector to have different received power.
  • the same communication device may have different precoding vectors, and different communication devices may also have different precoding vectors, that is, corresponding to different beams.
  • the beam can have multiple names.
  • the beam can be called spatial resource, spatial weight, spatial direction, spatial orientation, etc.
  • the beam may be different in different periods and different scenarios. No restrictions.
  • one communication device can use one or more of a plurality of different precoding vectors at the same time, that is, one beam or multiple beams can be formed at the same time.
  • the beam information may be identified by the index information.
  • the index information may correspond to a resource identifier of the configuration terminal (English: identity, abbreviated as: ID).
  • the index information may correspond to a configured channel state information reference signal (The ID or index or resource of the channel status information reference signal (CSI-RS) may be the ID or resource of the corresponding uplink sounding reference signal (Sounding Reference Signal, SRS for short).
  • the index information may also be index information that is displayed or implicitly carried by a beam-bearing signal or channel.
  • the index information includes, but is not limited to, a synchronization signal sent by a beam or a broadcast channel indicating the Index information of the beam.
  • a high frequency cell can be understood, for example, as a cell whose operating frequency band is greater than or equal to a frequency band of 6 GHz or more.
  • the path loss of the general transmission is large.
  • the high frequency cell introduces a beamforming technology, which concentrates the energy of the signal on a certain required one. The direction or beam forms a beam aligned with the terminal, and the transmission energy is aligned with the terminal, thereby improving the demodulation signal-to-noise ratio of the terminal and improving the user experience of the cell edge.
  • the high-frequency data transmission can use a beam pair, the sender is aligned in one direction or beam for data transmission, and the receiver also needs to align the corresponding direction or beam to receive data.
  • the terminal and the base station may be in the same time unit, and data transmission may be performed by using the Tx beam in at least one beam pair.
  • the beam pair includes a transmit beam (Tx beam) and a receive beam (Rx beam).
  • the base station for example, gNB
  • the terminal for example, the UE
  • Rx beam receive beam
  • the base station for example, gNB
  • the terminal for example, the UE
  • the terminal for example, the UE
  • the terminal for example, the UE
  • the base station eg gNB
  • the terminal Due to the movement of the terminal, the terminal needs to switch from the serving cell to the cell of the neighboring base station. At this time, while performing cell handover, it is also required to ensure normal communication between the base station and the cell.
  • the communication method when the cell is switched with the base station the solution provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in more detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
  • a flow chart of a communication method provided by the present application includes the following steps:
  • Step 201 The terminal receives, from the first base station, a cell identifier of the first cell, at least one beam parameter of the first cell, and a resource associated with the at least one beam parameter; the first cell belongs to the second base station.
  • Step 202 The terminal sends information on a resource corresponding to a target beam parameter, where the target beam parameter belongs to the at least one beam parameter.
  • Step 203 The terminal receives a response to the information by using a receive beam associated with the target beam parameter.
  • the terminal when the terminal needs to switch from the serving cell of the first base station (which can be understood as the serving base station of the terminal) to the first cell of the second base station (the second base station is the neighboring base station of the first base station), the terminal is from the first A base station receives a cell identity of a first cell, at least one beam parameter of a first cell, and a resource associated with the at least one beam parameter.
  • the beam parameter may be an identifier of the CSI-RS or an identifier of the SS block, where the identifier of the CSI-RS may also be understood as an identifier or index of the CSI-RS configuration, that is, in the same set of CSI.
  • the CSI-RS sent on the resource configured by the RS has the same CSI-RS identifier, and the identifier is an identifier configured by the CSI-RS. For example, if the transmission period is 2 ms, the CSI-RS sent every 2 ms has the same CSI.
  • the identifier or index of the RS which is the identifier or index of the CSI-RS configuration to which the transmitted CSI-RS belongs. In this application, an identifier can also be understood as an index, or a number.
  • the resource may be a random access resource or an uplink resource.
  • the terminal sends information on the resource corresponding to the target beam parameter.
  • the target beam parameter belongs to at least one beam parameter of the first cell.
  • the terminal when the resource associated with the at least one beam parameter is a random access resource, the terminal sends the information as a preamble sequence on the resource corresponding to the target beam parameter, and optionally, the random access resource includes a time frequency.
  • the index number of the resource and the leader sequence is a random access resource.
  • the terminal when the resource associated with the at least one beam parameter is an uplink resource, the terminal sends the information as uplink data on the resource corresponding to the target beam parameter, and optionally, the uplink data includes an RRC connection reconfiguration complete message. .
  • the terminal receives a response to the information through a receive beam associated with the target beam parameter.
  • the response includes an uplink timing advance.
  • the handover procedure of FIG. 4(b) when the resource is a random access resource, and the information is a preamble sequence, the response includes an uplink timing advance.
  • the response is HARQ feedback.
  • the handover process of FIG. 4(c) reference may be made to the handover process of FIG. 4(c).
  • the terminal before the cell handover operation in the foregoing steps 201 to 203, the terminal further needs to perform measurement on the cell, including performing measurement on the serving base station (ie, the first base station) and the neighboring base station (for example, the second base station) of the serving base station.
  • the measurement by the terminal may enable the first base station to select a cell to be handed over and the base station to which the cell to be switched belongs (the second base station of the present application) selects a beam parameter for communicating with the terminal and a resource associated with the selected beam parameter. .
  • Method 1 Based on CSI-RS measurement
  • Step 1 The terminal receives the first configuration sent by the first base station.
  • the first configuration includes a resource location and an identity of at least one CSI-RS of the second base station.
  • the first configuration carries a list of cells to be tested, and a resource location and identifier of the CSI-RS under each cell.
  • the cell list includes an identifier of a cell of the second base station.
  • each CSI-RS is associated with one SS block.
  • Step 2 The terminal measures the at least one CSI-RS.
  • the terminal measures the at least one CSI-RS to obtain the quality, and/or power of each CSI-RS.
  • Step 3 The terminal sends, to the first base station, an identifier of some or all of the CSI-RSs in the at least one CSI-RS.
  • the identifier of the CSI-RS sent by the terminal to the first base station is an identifier of the CSI-RS that meets a certain condition, and may be, for example, a received CSI-RS, or a CSI-RS identifier whose received quality is greater than a threshold. Or N beams with good reception strength or reception quality of CSI-RS, where N is greater than or equal to 1.
  • Step 4 The first base station selects at least one beam parameter according to at least the identifier of the received CSI-RS.
  • the first base station selects at least one beam parameter according to at least one of an identifier, a quality, and/or a power of the received CSI-RS, where the beam parameter is an identifier of the CSI-RS.
  • the identifier of the CSI-RS selected by the first base station includes at least one beam parameter of the first cell that is sent by the first base station to the terminal.
  • the terminal performs measurement on the CSI-RS of each cell, and reports the identifier of all or part of the measured CSI-RS, and may also report the quality of all or part of the CSI-RS, and/or Or power
  • the first base station selects an identifier of the partial CSI-RS according to the identifier, and/or quality, and/or power of the received CSI-RS, so as to send the identifier of the selected CSI-RS to the second base station
  • the second base station may determine, according to the identifier of the received CSI-RS, a CSI-RS that communicates with the terminal, and further, the second base station sends, to the first base station, a cell identifier of the first cell, and at least one beam of the first cell. a parameter, and a resource associated with the at least one beam parameter, wherein the at least one beam parameter of the first cell is part or all of a CSI of the CSI-RS received by the second base station from the first base station.
  • the first base station side needs to perform the work including:
  • Step 1 The first base station receives, from the terminal, the identifier of some or all of the CSI-RSs in the at least one CSI-RS.
  • Step 2 The first base station sends, to the second base station, an identifier of some or all of the CSI-RSs in the at least one CSI-RS.
  • Step 3 The first base station receives, from the second base station, a cell identifier of the first cell, at least one beam parameter of the first cell, and a resource associated with the at least one beam parameter; the first cell belongs to the Said second base station;
  • Step 4 The first base station sends, to the terminal, a cell identifier of the first cell, at least one beam parameter of the first cell, and a resource associated with the at least one beam parameter; at least one beam of the first cell
  • the parameter belongs to an identifier of a part or all of the CSI-RSs in the at least one CSI-RS, and the beam parameter is an identifier of the CSI-RS.
  • the method further includes: the first base station receiving a resource location and an identifier of the at least one CSI-RS of the second base station; the first base station sending a first configuration to the terminal, where the first configuration includes the Resource location and identification of at least one CSI-RS of the second base station.
  • the method further includes: the first base station sending a measurement frequency point to the terminal; the first base station receiving, by the terminal, an identifier of a part or all of the cells in the at least one cell associated with the measurement frequency point, And the quality or power of the part or all of the cells, and the identifier of the at least one SS block of the part or all of the cells; the first base station transmitting the part or all of the cells to the second base station An identifier of a cell associated with the second base station, and an identifier of the at least one SS block of the cell associated with the second base station; at least one CSI of the at least one SS block and at least one CSI of the second base station RS is associated.
  • the method 2 is based on the SS-bloc measurement, and specifically includes the following steps:
  • Step 1 The terminal receives the second configuration sent by the first base station.
  • the second configuration includes a measurement frequency point.
  • the measurement frequency point is frequency point information under the first base station and frequency point information of a neighboring base station (eg, the second base station) of the first base station.
  • Step 2 The terminal performs measurement on at least one synchronization signal at the frequency point.
  • the at least one synchronization signal belongs to at least one cell, and the at least one cell includes a first cell of the first base station.
  • Step 3 The terminal sends, to the first base station, an identifier of a part or all of the cells in the at least one cell, and a quality or power of the part or all the cells, and an identifier of the at least one SS block of the part or all the cells.
  • the terminal further sends, to the first base station, the quality and/or power of the synchronization signal associated with the at least one SS block of the part or all of the cells.
  • the quality or power of the synchronization signal associated with the at least one SS block satisfies the first condition.
  • the first condition may be greater than a threshold, that is, the quality of the synchronization signal reported by the terminal to the first base station is greater than a threshold, and/or the power of the synchronization signal reported by the terminal to the first base station is greater than a threshold.
  • the first base station may select the identifier of the partial SS block, and send the identifier of the SS block belonging to the second base station to the second base station, where the second base station determines the CSI-RS associated with the identifier of the received SS block, And transmitting the determined resource location and identifier of the CSI-RS to the first base station, where the first base station further carries the resource location and identifier of the CSI-RS received from the second base station in the first configuration according to the foregoing method 1.
  • the terminal sends the CSI-RS in the first configuration to the terminal, and reports the identifier of part or all of the CSI-RS according to the measurement result.
  • the terminal first measures the synchronization signal based on the SS-block and reports a partial SS-block, and the first base station selects a cell according to the received SS-block (for example, selects the first cell of the second base station), and receives the The SS-block belonging to the cell is sent to the second base station, and the second base station determines the CSI-RS associated with the received SS-block according to the received SS-block, and further passes the CSI-RS through the first The base station transmits to the terminal, and the terminal performs further measurement on the received CSI-RS.
  • Step 1 The terminal receives the third configuration sent by the first base station.
  • the third configuration includes a measurement frequency point.
  • Step 2 The terminal performs measurement on at least one synchronization signal at the frequency point.
  • the at least one synchronization signal belongs to at least one cell, and the at least one cell includes the first cell.
  • Step 3 The terminal sends, to the first base station, an identifier of a part or all of the cells in the at least one cell, and a signal or power of the part or all the cells, and an identifier of the at least one SS block of the part or all the cells.
  • the terminal further sends, to the first base station, quality, and/or power of at least one SS block of the part or all cells, where the first base station is configured according to at least one SS block of the part or all cells. At least one of the identification, quality, and/or power selects at least one SS block.
  • the quality or power of the synchronization signal associated with the at least one SS block of the part or all of the cells satisfies the first condition.
  • the terminal may report at least one SS-block, and the first base station sends the identifier of the received SS-block to the second base station, and the second base station may, according to the identifier of the received SS-block, Transmitting, by the base station, an identifier of the first cell, at least one beam parameter of the second cell (the beam parameter is part or all of an identifier of the SS-block received by the second base station), and the at least one beam parameter is associated with Resources.
  • the work that needs to be performed on the first base station side includes:
  • Step 1 The first base station receives, from the terminal, an identifier of a part or all of the cells in the at least one cell and an identifier of the SS block associated with the identifier of the part or all the cells;
  • Step 2 The first base station sends, to the second base station, an identifier of a cell associated with the second base station in the part or all of the cells, and an identifier of at least one SS block of the cell associated with the second base station;
  • Step 3 The first base station receives, from the second base station, a cell identifier of the first cell, at least one beam parameter of the first cell, and a resource associated with the at least one beam parameter; the first cell belongs to the Said second base station;
  • Step 4 The first base station sends, to the terminal, a cell identifier of the first cell, at least one beam parameter of the first cell, and a resource associated with the at least one beam parameter; at least one beam of the first cell
  • the parameter belongs to an identifier of the at least one SS block, and the beam parameter is an identifier of the SS block.
  • the first base station sends a measurement frequency point to the terminal; the measurement frequency point is associated with the at least one cell.
  • Step 1 The terminal receives a first configuration from the first base station, where the first configuration includes a resource location and identifier of at least one CSI-RS of the first cell and at least one synchronization signal of the first cell. .
  • Step 2 The terminal measures at least one CSI-RS of the first cell and at least one synchronization signal of the first cell.
  • Step 3 The terminal sends, to the first base station, a first quality, and/or a first power of the first cell, and a second quality, and/or a second power of the first cell.
  • the first quality, and/or the first power is obtained based on quality, and/or power of some or all of the CSI-RSs in the at least one CSI-RS of the first cell, the second quality, and/or Or the second power is obtained based on the quality, and/or power of some or all of the synchronization signals in the at least one synchronization signal.
  • the terminal simultaneously measures the SS-block and the CSI-RS, and reports some or all of the SS-block identifiers, and some or all of the CSI-RS identifiers to the first base station, where the first base station will The identifier of the received SS-block and the identifier of the CSI-RS are sent to the second base station, and the second base station selects a beam parameter that communicates with the terminal, and the beam parameter is a CSI-RS or an SS-block.
  • the work that needs to be performed on the first base station side includes:
  • Step 1 The first base station receives, from the second base station, an identifier of the at least one cell, an identifier of the CSI-RS associated with the at least one cell, and a resource location.
  • Step 2 The first base station sends, to the terminal, an identifier of the at least one cell, an identifier of the CSI-RS associated with the at least one cell, and a resource location.
  • the first base station receives, from the terminal, an identifier of a part or all of the cells in the at least one cell, an identifier of an SS block associated with the part or all cells, and/or an identifier of a CSI-RS.
  • the first base station sends, to the second base station, an identifier of a part or all of the cells in the at least one cell, an identifier of an SS block associated with the part or all cells, and/or a CSI-RS Identification
  • the first base station receives, from the second base station, an identifier of a first cell, at least a beam parameter associated with the first cell, the at least one beam parameter belongs to an identifier of the associated SS block, and/or a CSI An identifier of the RS, the first cell belonging to the at least one cell;
  • the first base station Transmitting, by the first base station, the identifier of the first cell, and at least a beam parameter associated with the first cell, where the at least one beam parameter belongs to an identifier of the associated SS block, and/or CSI - The logo of the RS.
  • the terminal may also perform measurement on the serving cell of the first base station, including performing measurement on the CSI-RS of the serving cell and measuring the synchronization signal of the serving cell.
  • the terminal measures the CSI-RS of the serving cell, including:
  • Step 1 The first base station sends a second indication to the terminal.
  • Step 2 The terminal receives the second indication from the first base station.
  • Step 3 The terminal measures at least one CSI-RS of the serving cell.
  • Step 4 In response to the second indication, the terminal sends the third quality, and/or the third power of the serving cell to the first base station.
  • the third quality, and/or the third power is obtained based on the quality, and/or power of some or all of the CSI-RSs in the at least one CSI-RS of the serving cell.
  • Step 5 The first base station receives a third quality, and/or a third power of the serving cell that is sent by the terminal in response to the second indication.
  • the terminal measures the synchronization signal of the serving cell, including:
  • Step 1 The first base station sends a third indication to the terminal.
  • Step 2 The terminal receives a third indication from the first base station.
  • Step 3 The terminal measures at least one synchronization signal of the serving cell.
  • Step 4 In response to the third indication, the terminal sends a fourth quality, and/or fourth power of the serving cell to the first base station.
  • the fourth quality, and/or fourth power is obtained based on quality, and/or power of some or all of the synchronization signals in the at least one synchronization signal of the serving cell.
  • Step 5 The first base station receives a fourth quality, and/or a fourth power of the serving cell that is sent by the terminal in response to the third indication.
  • the NR supports two measurement reference signals: NR-SS (ie, synchronization signal) and CSI-RS.
  • the NR-SS reference signal is cell-level, independent of the UE, or the same for all UEs, measured by the UE.
  • the measurement results are relatively coarse.
  • the CSI-RS is UE-level.
  • the base station needs to configure the CSI-RS resource configuration for the UE through RRC dedicated signaling.
  • the UE performs measurement based on the configured CSI-RS resource, and the UE measures the CSI-RS.
  • the resulting measurement results are relatively more accurate.
  • the CSI-RS can also be cell-level, the same for all UEs.
  • the gNB For the connected UE, the gNB (the first base station is taken as an example) requests the neighboring base station (the second base station is taken as an example) to obtain one or more SS blocks in the first cell corresponding to the neighboring base station.
  • the CSI-RS configuration corresponding to each of the acquired SS blocks is sent to the terminal, so that the terminal performs neighbor CSI-RS measurement.
  • the request message sent by the first base station to the second base station carries the cell identifier of the neighboring cell in the second base station, and optionally, the request message carries the identifier of one or more SS blocks in the neighboring cell (for example, The SS block time index indication is requested to obtain the CSI-RS configuration corresponding to the SS blocks, or the information is used for reference.
  • the first base station also carries information such as the moving direction and speed of the terminal, and the second base station integrates Consider this information to determine the CSI-RS configuration corresponding to the measured SS block.
  • the request message may also include measurement bandwidth capability information supported by the terminal, so that the CSI-RS configuration of the neighboring cell sent by the second base station does not exceed the measurement bandwidth capability range of the terminal.
  • the CSI-RS configuration corresponds to a CSI-RS configuration identifier or an identifier of the SS block.
  • the CSI-RS configuration may be based on an offset of a corresponding SS block resource location, or may be a configuration based on a frame number, a subframe number, a symbol, or the like.
  • the terminal After the terminal measures the reference signal corresponding to each CSI-RS configuration, the obtained multiple measurement values are combined to generate a measurement value of the cell, and the reported measurement report carries the CSI-RS configuration in addition to the CSI-RS cell measurement value.
  • Corresponding measurement information (such as the detected CSI-RS configuration identifier, and the measured value of the CSI-RS resource corresponding to the identifier, or the order of the CSI-RS resource identifier).
  • the second base station may also need to allocate a UE ID to the current UE to send to the first base station, so that the terminal can derive the resource location of the CSI-RS.
  • a possible method is that, by measuring two levels of neighboring cells, the terminal first measures the synchronization signal of the neighboring cell, and transmits the detected SS value of the synchronization signal satisfying the certain condition and the SS block associated with the synchronization signal to the first base station, A base station obtains a relatively good SS block information of the signal measured by the terminal, and the first base station requests the second base station to request a CSI-RS configuration corresponding to the SS block reported by the UE in the cell of the second base station, and at the same time, the cell of the second base station
  • the CSI-RS is transmitted on the resources corresponding to the CSI-RS configurations. Therefore, it may not be necessary to transmit the CSI-RS to the terminal on all the SS blocks, thereby saving resources.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a measurement method provided by the present application.
  • the first base station sends a second configuration to the terminal, where the SS-block needs to be measured, and the terminal sends a second measurement result to the first base station.
  • an SS-block with a better measurement result and a cell corresponding to the SS-block with a better measurement result for example, a cell under the second base station, where the first base station sends a request message to the second base station, requesting to acquire a CSI-RS configuration, where the CSI-RS requested to be acquired is configured as a CSI-RS configuration corresponding to some or all of the SS-blocks in the second measurement result, and the second base station sends a request message to the first base station.
  • the first base station In response to the CSI-RS configuration, the first base station sends the CSI-RS configuration sent by the second base station to the terminal, and the terminal further measures the received CSI-RS configuration, obtains the first measurement result, and sends the first measurement result to the first base station. Therefore, the first base station may determine a CSI-RS configuration with better quality, or the first base station sends the first measurement result to the second base station, and the second base station determines a CSI-RS configuration with better quality.
  • the first base station sends the CSI-RS configuration corresponding to all the SS blocks of the neighboring cell to the terminal, so that the terminal measures the received CSI-RS and reports the measurement result. That is, the terminal does not need to perform measurement on the SS block.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of the measurement method provided by the present application.
  • the second base station and the first base station interact in advance, so that the first base station acquires all SS blocks corresponding to the second base station.
  • the CSI-RS configuration is configured to send the obtained CSI-RS configuration to the terminal, and the terminal measures the received CSI-RS configuration, obtains the first measurement result, and sends the first measurement result to the first base station, so that the first base station can be based on the first Selecting a better quality CSI-RS from the measurement result, or transmitting the first measurement result to the second base station, and selecting a better quality CSI-RS by the second base station
  • the terminal device receives the first measurement task configuration information sent by the first base station, where the first measurement task configuration information is used to configure the terminal device to synchronize signals (such as a PSS primary synchronization signal and/or an SSS secondary synchronization signal) and/or The first CSI-RS performs measurements.
  • the first measurement task configuration information is used to configure the terminal device to synchronize signals (such as a PSS primary synchronization signal and/or an SSS secondary synchronization signal) and/or The first CSI-RS performs measurements.
  • the first measurement task configuration information includes a measurement object, where the measurement object carries a list of cells to be tested, and CSI-RS information corresponding to one or more SS blocks in each cell;
  • the first measurement task configuration information includes a measurement event configuration
  • the measurement event configuration includes a first threshold indicated as an NR-SS type, used to trigger measurement reporting of a synchronization signal for a cell of the second base station, or the configuration event configuration includes an indication a third threshold of the CSI-RS type, used to trigger measurement reporting of the first CSI-RS for the cell of the second base station, or both of the measurement event configurations are included, when either type is satisfied
  • the measurement report is triggered when the threshold is reached.
  • the first threshold and the third threshold may be used for the same measurement event, such as A1-A6, the condition of the decision, for example, A3 can configure the threshold of the NR-SS type, and the threshold of the CSI-RS type can be configured.
  • the measurement result of the (each) serving cell is reported in the measurement report, and the measurement event configuration may further include an indication of the measurement result of the type of the reference signal of the serving cell, for example, whether the xSS measurement result is reported, whether the CSI-RS measurement result is reported, whether Both are reported.
  • the NR-SS cell measurement value and the CSI-RS cell measurement value of the serving cell are always reported in the measurement report, and the measurement event configuration may further include whether to report the SS block measurement value of the serving cell. If the indication is reported, the measurement values corresponding to one or more SS blocks of the NR-SS are reported, and the measurement values corresponding to one or more sets of CSI-RS configurations are also reported.
  • the measurement event configuration may further include reporting the measurement result indication information of the type of reference signals in the neighboring cell, such as whether to report the xSS measurement result, whether to report the CSI-RS measurement result, and whether both are reported.
  • the NR-SS cell measurement value and the CSI-RS cell measurement value of the neighboring cell are always reported in the measurement report.
  • the measurement object further includes a beam number N value configuration, configured to combine the measured values of the most N beams to obtain the cell measurement value, where N is configured according to the frequency point, that is, the measurement at the frequency point uses the same value. .
  • the same N value can be used based on the synchronization signal and the CSI-RS measurement.
  • the UE also needs to use the N value for the measurement of the idle state UE, and the N value may be broadcast in the system information, or the network indicates to the UE when entering the idle state.
  • N may be configured according to frequency points, each frequency point is configured with an N value, and the same N value is used based on the synchronization signal and the CSI-RS measurement, or the N value is specified by the protocol.
  • the terminal device transmits a first measurement result to the first base station, the first measurement result being based on the synchronization signal and/or the first CSI-RS based RSRQ and/or RSRQ.
  • the first measurement result may further include a cell identifier
  • the first measurement result may further include identification information of the first beam, such as an SS-Block or a CSI-RS resource identifier, in the cell identified by the cell.
  • identification information of the first beam such as an SS-Block or a CSI-RS resource identifier
  • the synchronization signal based RSRQ and/or RSRQ may be cell level, and/or beam level.
  • the first CSI-RS based RSRQ and/or RSRQ may be cell level, and/or beam level.
  • the terminal device needs to report the CSI based on the CSI-RS based on the synchronization condition and/or the CSI-RS.
  • -RS and RSR and/or RSRQ of the synchronization signal are configured with both CSI-RS based measurement and SS-block based measurement.
  • the first base station sends a first request to the second base station, where the first request is used to request the second base station to configure the second CSI-RS measurement of the second base station for the terminal device.
  • the first measurement result is further included in the first request.
  • the second base station configures the second CSI-RS for the terminal device according to the first request.
  • CSI-RS is used to measure N ports of multiple antennas.
  • the first base station receives a response message that the second base station sends the first request, where the first request response message includes configuration information of the second CSI-RS, and configuration information of the second CSI-RS. Used by the terminal device to perform measurements (such as RRM measurements) for the second CSI-RS.
  • the response message further includes an identifier message of the second beam of the second base station, where the identifier information of the second beam is used by the terminal device to perform the second CSI-RS measurement for the second beam.
  • the first base station sends the second configuration information to the terminal device, where the second configuration information includes configuration information of the second CSI-RS.
  • the second configuration information further includes an identifier message of the second beam of the second base station.
  • the terminal device receives the second configuration information sent by the first base station, and performs measurement based on the second CSI-RS.
  • the second configuration information further includes a second threshold, configured to trigger measurement reporting of the second CSI-RS for the cell of the second base station.
  • the terminal device sends a second measurement result to the first base station, where the second measurement result includes an RSRP and/or an RSRQ based on the second CSI-RS.
  • the second measurement result may further include identification information of the second beam.
  • the coverage of the second beam is a subset of the coverage of the first beam.
  • the first beam may be the second beam.
  • the second CSI-RS based RSRQ and/or RSRQ may be cell level, and/or beam level.
  • the terminal device needs to report the CSI based on the CSI-RS based on the synchronization condition and/or the CSI-RS.
  • the first base station receives the second measurement result or the first measurement result sent by the terminal device.
  • the first base station receives the second measurement result or the first measurement result sent by the terminal device, determining whether to initiate a handover process, for example, sending a handover request to the second base station.
  • the terminal device needs to report the CSI based on the CSI-RS based on the synchronization condition and/or the CSI-RS.
  • the second base station sends a handover request response message to the first base station, where the response message includes a handover command.
  • the handover command includes a cell identifier, a cell identifier C-RNTI, a N PRACH configuration (RACH time-frequency resource, optionally, a Preamble root sequence and a Preamble index, used to generate a Preamble), and the N PRACH resource associations.
  • DL beam identification information may be a downlink beam for transmitting a CSI-RS and/or a downlink beam for transmitting an SS-Block.
  • the first base station sends the handover command to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the handover command sent by the first base station, and sends a random access procedure to the target base station. Specifically, the terminal device performs beam measurement on the associated DL beam for transmitting the CSI-RS and/or the SS-block according to the indication of the second base station or the first base station, and selects that the signal strength and/or the channel quality is greater than
  • the PRACH configuration associated with the DL beam used to transmit the CSI-RS or SS-block with a certain threshold or the best signal strength and/or channel quality is selected for the random access procedure.
  • the specific random access procedure is referenced before.
  • the terminal device sends a handover complete message to the second base station.
  • FIG. 4(a) is a flowchart of the measurement method provided by the present application.
  • each network element such as a terminal (such as a UE), a base station, etc.
  • each network element includes hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to the execution of the respective functions.
  • the present application can be implemented in a combination of hardware or hardware and computer software in combination with the elements and algorithm steps of the various examples described in the embodiments disclosed herein. Whether a function is implemented in hardware or computer software to drive hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the solution. A person skilled in the art can use different methods to implement the described functions for each particular application, but such implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of the present application.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a base station 500.
  • the base station 500 can be applied to perform the method performed by the base station in any of the foregoing embodiments.
  • the base station 500 includes one or more remote radio units (RRUs) 501 and one or more baseband units (BBUs) 502.
  • the RRU 501 may be referred to as a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc., which may include at least one antenna 5011 and a radio frequency unit 5012.
  • the RRU 501 portion is mainly used for transmitting and receiving radio frequency signals and converting radio frequency signals and baseband signals.
  • the BBU 502 part is mainly used for performing baseband processing, controlling a base station, and the like.
  • the RRU 501 and the BBU 502 may be physically disposed together or physically separated, that is, distributed base stations.
  • the BBU 502 is a control center of a base station, and may also be referred to as a processing unit, and is mainly used to perform baseband processing functions such as channel coding, multiplexing, modulation, spread spectrum, and the like.
  • the BBU processing unit
  • the BBU can be used to control the method by which the base station performs the base station execution in any of the embodiments described above.
  • the BBU 502 may be composed of one or more boards, and multiple boards may jointly support a single access standard radio access network (such as an LTE network), or may separately support different access modes of wireless. Access Network.
  • the BBU 502 also includes a memory 5021 and a processor 5022.
  • the memory 5021 is used to store necessary instructions and data.
  • the processor 5022 is configured to control a base station to perform necessary actions, such as for controlling a base station to perform a method performed by a base station in any of the above embodiments.
  • the memory 5021 and the processor 5022 can serve one or more boards. That is, the memory and processor can be individually set on each board. It is also possible that multiple boards share the same memory and processor.
  • the necessary circuits are also provided on each board.
  • an uplink signal (including data, etc.) transmitted by the terminal is received through the antenna 5011, and a downlink signal (including data and/or control) is transmitted to the terminal through the antenna 5011 on the downlink.
  • Information in the processor 5022, processing service data and signaling messages, according to radio access technologies adopted by the radio access network (for example, access technologies of LTE, NR, and other evolved systems) Process it.
  • the processor 5022 is further configured to perform control management on the action of the base station, and is used to perform processing performed by the base station in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the processor 5022 is further configured to support the base station to perform the processes involved in the processing by the base station in FIGS. 2 through 4.
  • Figure 5 only shows a simplified design of the base station.
  • the base station may include any number of antennas, memories, processors, radio units, RRUs, BBUs, etc., and all base stations that can implement the present application are within the scope of the present application.
  • the RRU 501 is referred to as a transceiver, and the transceiver and the processor in the base station 500 are specifically configured to perform:
  • the transceiver is configured to receive, by the terminal, an identifier of some or all of the CSI-RSs in the at least one CSI-RS;
  • the transceiver is further configured to send, to the second base station, an identifier of some or all of the CSI-RSs in the at least one CSI-RS;
  • the transceiver is further configured to receive, from the second base station, a cell identifier of a first cell, at least one beam parameter of the first cell, and a resource associated with the at least one beam parameter; the first cell Belong to the second base station;
  • the transceiver is further configured to send, to the terminal, a cell identifier of a first cell, at least one beam parameter of the first cell, and a resource associated with the at least one beam parameter; at least the first cell
  • One beam parameter belongs to an identifier of some or all of the CSI-RSs in the at least one CSI-RS, and the beam parameter is an identifier of the CSI-RS.
  • the transceiver is further configured to receive a resource location and an identifier of the at least one CSI-RS of the second base station;
  • the transceiver is further configured to send a first configuration to the terminal, where the first configuration includes a resource location and an identifier of at least one CSI-RS of the second base station;
  • the transceiver is further configured to send a measurement frequency point to the terminal;
  • the transceiver is further configured to receive, from the terminal, an identifier of a part or all of cells in at least one cell associated with the measurement frequency point, and quality or power of the part or all cells, and the part or all The identifier of at least one SS block of the cell;
  • the transceiver is further configured to send, to the second base station, an identifier of a cell that is associated with the second base station in the part or all of the cells, and at least one SS block of the cell that is associated with the second base station Identification
  • Some or all of the SS blocks in the at least one SS block are associated with at least one CSI-RS of the second base station.
  • the transceiver is configured to receive, from the terminal, an identifier of a part or all of the cells in the at least one cell and an identifier of the SS block associated with the identifier of the part or all of the cells;
  • the transceiver is further configured to send, to the second base station, an identifier of a cell that is associated with the second base station in the part or all of the cells, and at least one SS block of the cell that is associated with the second base station Identification
  • the transceiver is further configured to receive, from the second base station, a cell identifier of a first cell, at least one beam parameter of the first cell, and a resource associated with the at least one beam parameter; the first cell Belong to the second base station;
  • the transceiver is further configured to send, to the terminal, a cell identifier of a first cell, at least one beam parameter of the first cell, and a resource associated with the at least one beam parameter; at least the first cell
  • One beam parameter belongs to the identifier of the at least one SS block, and the beam parameter is an identifier of the SS block.
  • the transceiver is further configured to send a measurement frequency point to the terminal; the measurement frequency point is associated with the at least one cell.
  • the transceiver is configured to receive, from the second base station, an identifier of the at least one cell, an identifier of the CSI-RS associated with the at least one cell, and a resource location;
  • the transceiver is further configured to send, to the terminal, an identifier of the at least one cell, an identifier of a CSI-RS associated with the at least one cell, and a resource location;
  • the transceiver is further configured to receive, from the terminal, an identifier of a part or all of the cells in the at least one cell, an identifier of an SS block associated with the part or all cells, and/or an identifier of a CSI-RS.
  • the transceiver is further configured to send, to the second base station, an identifier of a part or all of the cells in the at least one cell, an identifier of an SS block associated with the part or all cells, and/or a CSI - the logo of the RS;
  • the transceiver is further configured to receive, by the second base station, an identifier of a first cell, at least a beam parameter associated with the first cell, where the at least one beam parameter belongs to an identifier of the associated SS block, and And an identifier of the CSI-RS, where the first cell belongs to the at least one cell;
  • the transceiver is further configured to send, to the terminal, an identifier of the first cell, at least a beam parameter associated with the first cell, where the at least one beam parameter belongs to an identifier of the associated SS block, and / or CSI-RS logo.
  • the transceiver is further configured to send a second indication to the terminal
  • the transceiver is further configured to receive a third quality, and/or a third power of the serving cell that is sent by the terminal in response to the second indication, where the third quality, and/or the third power is based on Obtained from the quality, and/or power of some or all of the CSI-RSs in at least one CSI-RS of the serving cell.
  • the transceiver is configured to send a third indication to the terminal
  • the transceiver is further configured to receive a fourth quality, and/or fourth power of the serving cell that is sent by the terminal in response to the third indication, where the fourth quality, and/or fourth power is Obtained based on the quality, and/or power of some or all of the synchronization signals in at least one of the synchronization signals of the serving cell.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a terminal 600, as shown in FIG. 6(a).
  • FIG. 6(a) shows only the main components of the terminal.
  • the terminal 600 includes a processor, a memory, a control circuit, an antenna, and an input/output device.
  • the processor is mainly used for processing the communication protocol and the communication data, and controlling the entire terminal, executing the software program, and processing the data of the software program, for example, for supporting the terminal 600 to execute the method executed by the terminal 600 in any of the above embodiments.
  • Memory is primarily used to store software programs and data.
  • the control circuit is mainly used for converting baseband signals and radio frequency signals and processing radio frequency signals.
  • the control circuit together with the antenna can also be called a transceiver, and is mainly used for transmitting and receiving RF signals in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • Input and output devices such as touch screens, display screens, keyboards, etc., are primarily used to receive user input data and output data to the user.
  • the processor can read the software program in the storage unit, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program.
  • the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and then outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit.
  • the radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal, and then sends the radio frequency signal to the outside through the antenna in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, which converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.
  • FIG. 6(a) shows only one memory and processor for ease of illustration. In an actual terminal, there may be multiple processors and memories.
  • the memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device, and the like.
  • the processor may include a baseband processor and a central processing unit, and the baseband processor is mainly used to process the communication protocol and the communication data, and the central processing unit is mainly used to control and execute the entire terminal 600.
  • the processor in FIG. 6(a) integrates the functions of the baseband processor and the central processing unit.
  • the baseband processor and the central processing unit can also be independent processors and interconnected by technologies such as a bus.
  • the terminal may include multiple baseband processors to accommodate different network formats, terminal 600 may include multiple central processors to enhance its processing capabilities, and various components of terminal 600 may be connected by various buses.
  • the baseband processor can also be expressed as a baseband processing circuit or a baseband processing chip.
  • the central processing unit can also be expressed as a central processing circuit or a central processing chip.
  • the functions of processing the communication protocol and the communication data may be built in the processor, or may be stored in the storage unit in the form of a software program, and the processor executes the software program to implement the baseband processing function.
  • the antenna and control circuit having the transceiving function can be regarded as the transceiving unit 601 of the terminal 600, and the processor having the processing function is regarded as the processing unit 602 of the terminal 600.
  • the terminal 600 includes a transceiver unit 601 and a processing unit 602.
  • the transceiver unit can also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiver, and the like.
  • the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiver unit 601 can be regarded as a receiving unit, and the device for implementing the sending function in the transceiver unit 601 is regarded as a sending unit, that is, the transceiver unit 601 includes a receiving unit and a sending unit.
  • the receiving unit may also be referred to as a receiver, a receiver, a receiving circuit, etc.
  • the transmitting unit may be referred to as a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit.
  • the downlink signal (including data and/or control information) transmitted by the base station is received by the antenna, and the uplink signal (including data and/or control information) is sent to the base station through the antenna on the uplink.
  • the service data and the signaling message are processed, and the units are processed according to the radio access technology adopted by the radio access network (for example, access technologies of LTE, NR, and other evolved systems).
  • the processor is further configured to perform control management on the action of the terminal, and is used to perform processing performed by the terminal in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the processor is further configured to support the terminal to perform the processing procedure involving the terminal in FIG. 2 to FIG.
  • Figure 6(a) only shows a simplified design of the terminal.
  • the terminal may include any number of antennas, memories, processors, etc., and all terminals that can implement the present application are within the scope of the present application.
  • the transceiver unit is referred to as a transceiver
  • the processing unit is referred to as a processor.
  • the transceiver and the processor in the terminal 600 are specifically configured to perform:
  • the transceiver is configured to receive, from the first base station, a cell identifier of the first cell, at least one beam parameter of the first cell, and a resource associated with the at least one beam parameter; the first cell belongs to the second Base station
  • the transceiver is further configured to send information on a resource corresponding to the target beam parameter; the target beam parameter belongs to the at least one beam parameter;
  • the transceiver is further configured to receive, by the receive beam associated with the target beam parameter, a response to the information.
  • the beam parameter is an identifier of a CSI-RS.
  • the transceiver is further configured to receive a first configuration that is sent by the first base station, where the first configuration includes a resource location and an identifier of at least one CSI-RS of the second base station;
  • the processor configured to measure the at least one CSI-RS
  • the transceiver is further configured to send, to the first base station, an identifier of some or all of the CSI-RSs in the at least one CSI-RS;
  • the identifier of some or all of the CSI-RSs in the at least one CSI-RS includes at least one beam parameter of the first cell.
  • the transceiver is further configured to send, by the first base station, quality, and/or power of part or all of the CSI-RSs in the at least one CSI-RS.
  • the at least one beam parameter of the first cell is selected according to at least one of identifier, quality, and/or power of the part or all CSI-RSs.
  • the transceiver is further configured to be used by the first base station to send a second configuration, where the second configuration includes a measurement frequency point;
  • the terminal measures at least one synchronization signal at the frequency point, the at least one synchronization signal belongs to at least one cell, and the at least one cell includes the first cell;
  • the transceiver is further configured to send, to the first base station, an identifier of a part or all of cells in at least one cell, and quality or power of the part or all cells, and at least one SS block of the part or all cells. logo.
  • the transceiver is further configured to send, by the first base station, a quality and/or a power of a synchronization signal associated with at least one SS block of the part or all of the cells.
  • the quality or power of the synchronization signal associated with the at least one SS block satisfies the first condition.
  • the SS block associated with the at least one CSI-RS of the second base station belongs to at least one SS block of the part or all cells.
  • the beam parameter is an identifier of an SS block.
  • the transceiver is further configured to be used by the first base station to send a third configuration, where the third configuration includes a measurement frequency point;
  • the processor is further configured to perform measurement on at least one synchronization signal at the frequency point, the at least one synchronization signal belongs to at least one cell, and the at least one cell includes the first cell;
  • the transceiver is further configured to send, to the first base station, an identifier of a part or all of the cells in the at least one cell, and a signal or power of the part or all of the cells, and at least one SS block of the part or all of the cells.
  • the identifier of the at least one SS block of the part or all of the cells includes at least one beam parameter of the first cell.
  • the transceiver is further configured to send, by the first base station, quality, and/or power of at least one SS block of the part or all cells.
  • the beam parameter is selected according to at least one of identifier, quality, and/or power of at least one SS block of the part or all cells.
  • the quality or power of the synchronization signal associated with the at least one SS block of the part or all of the cells satisfies the first condition.
  • the beam parameter is an identifier of the SS block or an identifier of the CSI-RS.
  • the transceiver is configured to receive, by the first base station, a first configuration, where the first configuration includes a resource location and an identifier of at least one CSI-RS of the first cell;
  • the processor is further configured to measure at least one CSI-RS of the first cell and at least one synchronization signal of the first cell;
  • the transceiver is configured to send, to the first base station, a first quality, and/or a first power of the first cell, where the first quality, and/or the first power is based on the first cell Obtained by the quality, and/or power of some or all of the CSI-RSs in the at least one CSI-RS, and the second quality of the first cell, and/or the second power, the second quality, and/or The second power is obtained based on the quality, and/or power of some or all of the synchronization signals in the at least one synchronization signal.
  • the transceiver is configured to receive a second indication from the first base station
  • the processor is configured to measure at least one CSI-RS of the serving cell
  • the transceiver in response to the second indication, for transmitting, to the first base station, a third quality, and/or a third power of the serving cell, the third quality, and/or a third power It is obtained based on the quality, and/or power of some or all of the CSI-RSs in at least one CSI-RS of the serving cell.
  • the transceiver is configured to receive a third indication from the first base station
  • the processor is configured to measure at least one synchronization signal of the serving cell
  • the transceiver is configured to send, according to the third indication, a fourth quality, and/or fourth power of the serving cell to the first base station, the fourth quality, and/or fourth power It is obtained based on the quality, and/or power of some or all of the synchronization signals in at least one synchronization signal of the serving cell.
  • the resource is a random access resource
  • the information is a preamble sequence
  • the response includes an uplink timing advance.
  • the resource is an uplink resource
  • the information is uplink data
  • the response is HARQ feedback.
  • the uplink data includes an RRC connection reconfiguration complete message.
  • the processor may include circuitry for audio/video and logic functions of the terminal.
  • the processor can include a digital signal processor device, a microprocessor device, an analog to digital converter, a digital to analog converter, and the like.
  • the control and signal processing functions of the mobile device can be distributed among these devices based on their respective capabilities.
  • the processor may also include an internal voice coder VC, an internal data modem DM, and the like.
  • the processor can include functionality to operate one or more software programs, which can be stored in a memory.
  • the processor and the stored software instructions can be configured to cause the terminal to perform an action.
  • the processor can operate the linker.
  • the terminal may also include a user interface, which may include, for example, an earphone or speaker, a microphone, an output device (eg, a display), an input device, etc., operatively coupled to the processor.
  • the processor can include user interface circuitry configured to control at least some of the functionality of one or more components of the user interface, such as a speaker, microphone, display, and the like.
  • the processor and/or user interface circuitry including the processor can be configured to control one of the one or more components of the user interface by computer program instructions (eg, software and/or firmware) stored in a memory accessible by the processor. Or multiple features.
  • the terminal can include a battery for powering various circuits associated with the mobile device, such as circuitry that provides mechanical vibration as a detectable output.
  • the input device can include a device that allows the device to receive data, such as a keypad, a touch display, a joystick, and/or at least one other input device, and the like.
  • the terminal may also include one or more connected circuit modules for sharing and/or obtaining data.
  • the terminal can include a short range RF RF transceiver and/or detector such that data can be shared with and/or obtained from the electronic device in accordance with RF technology.
  • the terminal may include other short range transceivers such as, for example, an infrared IR transceiver, a transceiver, a wireless universal serial bus USB transceiver, and the like.
  • the Bluetooth transceiver can operate according to low power or ultra low power Bluetooth technology.
  • the terminal and, more specifically, the short range transceiver is capable of transmitting and/or receiving data to and/or from an electronic device in the vicinity of the device, such as within 10 meters.
  • the terminal is capable of transmitting and/or receiving data to and/or from electronic devices in accordance with various wireless networking technologies, including: Wi-Fi, Wi-Fi low power, WLAN technology, such as IEEE 802.11 technology, IEEE 802.15 technology, IEEE 802.16 technology, and the like.
  • Wi-Fi Wi-Fi low power
  • WLAN technology such as IEEE 802.11 technology, IEEE 802.15 technology, IEEE 802.16 technology, and the like.
  • the terminal can include a memory that can store information elements related to the mobile user, such as a subscriber identity module SIM.
  • SIM subscriber identity module
  • the device may also include other removable and/or fixed memories.
  • the terminal can include volatile memory and/or non-volatile memory.
  • volatile memory can include random access memory RAM including dynamic RAM and/or static RAM, on-chip and/or off-chip cache, and the like.
  • non-volatile memory can be embedded and/or removable, and can include, for example, read only memory, flash memory, magnetic storage devices such as a hard disk, a floppy disk drive, magnetic tape, and the like, an optical disk drive and/or media, Non-volatile random access memory NVRAM and the like.
  • the non-volatile memory can include a cache area for temporary storage of data. At least a portion of the volatile and/or non-volatile memory can be embedded in the processor.
  • the memory can store one or more software programs, instructions, information blocks, data, etc., which can be used by the terminal to perform the functions of the mobile terminal.
  • the memory may include an identifier capable of uniquely identifying the terminal, such as an International Mobile Equipment Identity IMEI code.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a device 700, which may be a base station or a terminal.
  • the device 700 includes at least a processor 701 and a memory 702, and further A transceiver 703 is included, and a bus 704 can also be included.
  • the processor 701, the memory 702, and the transceiver 703 are all connected by a bus 704;
  • the memory 702 is configured to store a computer execution instruction
  • the processor 701 is configured to execute a computer execution instruction stored by the memory 702.
  • the processor 701 executes a computer-executed instruction stored in the memory 702, so that the device 700 performs the steps performed by the base station in any of the foregoing embodiments provided by the embodiments of the present application, or
  • the base station deploys a functional unit corresponding to the step.
  • the processor 701 executes the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory 702, so that the device 700 performs the steps performed by the terminal in any of the foregoing embodiments provided by the embodiments of the present application, or The terminal deploys the functional unit corresponding to this step.
  • the processor 701 may include different types of processors 701, or include the same type of processor 701; the processor 701 may be any one of the following: a central processing unit (English: Central Processing Unit, CPU for short), ARM processing AMR's English full name: Advanced RISC Machines, RISC's English full name: Reduced Instruction Set Computing, Chinese translation: Reduced instruction set:), Field Programmable Gate Array (English: Field Programmable Gate Array, referred to as: FPGA) A device with computational processing power, such as a dedicated processor. In an optional implementation manner, the processor 701 can be integrated into a many-core processor.
  • the memory 702 may be any one or any combination of the following: a random access memory (English: Random Access Memory, RAM for short), a read only memory (English: read only memory, abbreviated as: ROM), nonvolatile Memory (English: non-volatile memory, referred to as: NVM), solid state drive (English: Solid State Drives, SSD for short), mechanical hard disk, disk, disk array and other storage media.
  • a random access memory (English: Random Access Memory, RAM for short)
  • ROM read only memory
  • NVM nonvolatile Memory
  • SSD Solid State Drives
  • the transceiver 703 is configured to perform data interaction between the device 700 and other devices; for example, if the device 700 is a base station, the base station may perform the method performed by the base station in any of the foregoing embodiments; the base station performs data interaction with the terminal through the transceiver 703; If the device 700 is a terminal, the terminal may be a method performed by the terminal in any of the above embodiments; the terminal performs data interaction with the base station through the transceiver 703; the transceiver 703 may be any one or any combination of the following: a network A device with network access function such as an interface (such as an Ethernet interface) or a wireless network card.
  • a network A device with network access function such as an interface (such as an Ethernet interface) or a wireless network card.
  • the bus 704 can include an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, etc., for ease of representation, Figure 7 shows the bus with a thick line.
  • the bus 704 can be any one or any combination of the following: an industry standard architecture (English: Industry Standard Architecture, ISA for short), and a Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) bus. And expand the industry standard structure (English: Extended Industry Standard Architecture, referred to as: EISA) bus and other wired data transmission devices.
  • an industry standard architecture English: Industry Standard Architecture, ISA for short
  • PCI Peripheral Component Interconnect
  • EISA Extended Industry Standard Architecture
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a computer readable storage medium.
  • the computer readable storage medium stores a computer execution instruction.
  • the processor of the terminal executes the computer to execute an instruction, so that the terminal executes the communication method provided by the application. Steps, or cause the terminal to deploy a functional unit corresponding to the step.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a computer readable storage medium, where the computer readable storage medium stores a computer execution instruction, and the processor of the base station executes the computer to execute an instruction, so that the base station performs the foregoing communication method provided by the present application. Steps, or cause the base station to deploy a functional unit corresponding to the step.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product comprising computer executed instructions stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the processor of the terminal can read the computer execution instruction from the computer readable storage medium; the processor executes the computer to execute the instruction, so that the terminal performs the step performed by the terminal in the foregoing method provided by the embodiment of the present application, or causes the terminal to deploy and The functional unit corresponding to the step.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, the computer program product comprising computer execution instructions, the computer execution instructions being stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the processor of the base station can read the computer execution instruction from the computer readable storage medium; the processor executes the computer to execute the instruction, so that the base station performs the steps performed by the base station in the foregoing method provided by the embodiment of the present application, or enables the base station to deploy The functional unit corresponding to the step.
  • the present application also provides a chip system including a processor for supporting a terminal to implement the functions involved in the above aspects, for example, generating, receiving or processing data and/or information involved in the above methods.
  • the chip system further includes a memory that can be used to store program instructions and data necessary for the terminal.
  • the chip system may be composed of a chip, or may include a chip and other discrete devices.
  • the present application also provides a chip system including a processor for supporting a base station to implement the functions involved in the above aspects, for example, generating, receiving, or processing data and/or information involved in the above methods.
  • the chip system further includes a memory for holding program instructions and data necessary for the data receiving device.
  • the chip system may be composed of a chip, or may include a chip and other discrete devices.
  • the present application further provides a terminal 800, as shown in FIG. 8, including a processing unit 801 and a transceiver unit 802, which can be used to perform the method performed by the terminal in any of the above embodiments, optionally,
  • the processing unit 801 and the transceiver unit 802 are configured to execute:
  • the transceiver unit 802 is configured to receive, from the first base station, a cell identifier of the first cell, at least one beam parameter of the first cell, and a resource associated with the at least one beam parameter; the first cell belongs to the first Two base stations;
  • the transceiver unit 802 is further configured to: send information on a resource corresponding to the target beam parameter; the target beam parameter belongs to the at least one beam parameter;
  • the transceiver unit 802 is further configured to receive, by the receive beam associated with the target beam parameter, a response to the information.
  • the beam parameter is an identifier of a CSI-RS.
  • the transceiver unit 802 is further configured to receive a first configuration that is sent by the first base station, where the first configuration includes a resource location and an identifier of at least one CSI-RS of the second base station;
  • the processing unit 801 is configured to measure the at least one CSI-RS
  • the transceiver unit 802 is further configured to send, to the first base station, an identifier of some or all of the CSI-RSs in the at least one CSI-RS;
  • the identifier of some or all of the CSI-RSs in the at least one CSI-RS includes at least one beam parameter of the first cell.
  • the transceiver unit 802 is further configured to send, by the first base station, quality, and/or power of some or all of the CSI-RSs in the at least one CSI-RS.
  • the at least one beam parameter of the first cell is selected according to at least one of identifier, quality, and/or power of the part or all CSI-RSs.
  • the transceiver unit 802 is further configured to be used by the first base station to send a second configuration, where the second configuration includes a measurement frequency point;
  • the terminal measures at least one synchronization signal at the frequency point, the at least one synchronization signal belongs to at least one cell, and the at least one cell includes the first cell;
  • the transceiver unit 802 is further configured to send, to the first base station, an identifier of a part or all of cells in at least one cell, and quality or power of the part or all cells, and at least one SS of the part or all cells.
  • the identifier of the block is further configured to send, to the first base station, an identifier of a part or all of cells in at least one cell, and quality or power of the part or all cells, and at least one SS of the part or all cells. The identifier of the block.
  • the transceiver unit 802 is further configured to send, by the first base station, a quality and/or a power of a synchronization signal associated with the at least one SS block of the part or all of the cells.
  • the quality or power of the synchronization signal associated with the at least one SS block satisfies the first condition.
  • the SS block associated with the at least one CSI-RS of the second base station belongs to at least one SS block of the part or all cells.
  • the beam parameter is an identifier of an SS block.
  • the transceiver unit 802 is further configured to be used by the first base station to send a third configuration, where the third configuration includes a measurement frequency point;
  • the processing unit 801 is further configured to perform measurement on at least one synchronization signal on the frequency point, where the at least one synchronization signal belongs to at least one cell, and the at least one cell includes the first cell;
  • the transceiver unit 802 is further configured to send, to the first base station, an identifier of a part or all of cells in at least one cell, and a signal or power of the part or all cells, and at least one SS of the part or all cells.
  • the identifier of the at least one SS block of the part or all of the cells includes at least one beam parameter of the first cell.
  • the transceiver unit 802 is further configured to send, by the first base station, quality, and/or power of at least one SS block of the part or all cells.
  • the beam parameter is selected according to at least one of identifier, quality, and/or power of at least one SS block of the part or all cells.
  • the quality or power of the synchronization signal associated with the at least one SS block of the part or all of the cells satisfies the first condition.
  • the beam parameter is an identifier of the SS block or an identifier of the CSI-RS.
  • the transceiver unit 802 is configured to receive, by the first base station, a first configuration, where the first configuration includes a resource location and an identifier of at least one CSI-RS of the first cell;
  • the processing unit 801 is further configured to measure at least one CSI-RS of the first cell and at least one synchronization signal of the first cell;
  • the transceiver unit 802 is configured to send, to the first base station, a first quality, and/or a first power of the first cell, where the first quality, and/or the first power is based on the first Obtained by the quality, and/or power of some or all of the CSI-RSs in the at least one CSI-RS of the cell, and the second quality, and/or the second power of the first cell, the second quality, and / Or the second power is obtained based on the quality, and/or power of some or all of the synchronization signals in the at least one synchronization signal.
  • the transceiver unit 802 is configured to receive a second indication from the first base station
  • the processing unit 801 is configured to measure at least one CSI-RS of the serving cell
  • the transceiver unit 802 is configured to send, according to the second indication, a third quality, and/or a third power of the serving cell to the first base station, the third quality, and/or the third The power is obtained based on the quality, and/or power of some or all of the CSI-RSs in the at least one CSI-RS of the serving cell.
  • the transceiver unit 802 is configured to receive a third indication from the first base station
  • the processing unit 801 is configured to measure at least one synchronization signal of the serving cell
  • the transceiver unit 802 is configured to send, according to the third indication, a fourth quality, and/or a fourth power of the serving cell to the first base station, the fourth quality, and/or fourth The power is obtained based on the quality, and/or power of some or all of the synchronization signals in the at least one synchronization signal of the serving cell.
  • the resource is a random access resource
  • the information is a preamble sequence
  • the response includes an uplink timing advance.
  • the resource is an uplink resource
  • the information is uplink data
  • the response is HARQ feedback.
  • the uplink data includes an RRC connection reconfiguration complete message.
  • the present application further provides a base station 900, as shown in FIG. 9, including a processing unit 901 and a transceiver unit 902, which can be used to perform the method performed by the base station in any of the above embodiments, optionally,
  • the processing unit 901 and the transceiver unit 902 are configured to execute:
  • the transceiver unit 902 is configured to receive, by the terminal, an identifier of some or all of the CSI-RSs in the at least one CSI-RS;
  • the transceiver unit 902 is further configured to send, to the second base station, an identifier of some or all of the CSI-RSs in the at least one CSI-RS;
  • the transceiver unit 902 is further configured to receive, from the second base station, a cell identifier of the first cell, at least one beam parameter of the first cell, and a resource associated with the at least one beam parameter;
  • the cell belongs to the second base station;
  • the transceiver unit 902 is further configured to send, to the terminal, a cell identifier of the first cell, at least one beam parameter of the first cell, and a resource associated with the at least one beam parameter; At least one beam parameter belongs to an identifier of a part or all of the CSI-RSs in the at least one CSI-RS, and the beam parameter is an identifier of the CSI-RS.
  • the transceiver unit 902 is further configured to receive a resource location and an identifier of the at least one CSI-RS of the second base station;
  • the transceiver unit 902 is further configured to send a first configuration to the terminal, where the first configuration includes a resource location and an identifier of at least one CSI-RS of the second base station;
  • the transceiver unit 902 is further configured to send a measurement frequency point to the terminal;
  • the transceiver unit 902 is further configured to receive, from the terminal, an identifier of a part or all of the cells in the at least one cell associated with the measurement frequency point, and a quality or power of the part or all cells, and the part or Identification of at least one SS block of all cells;
  • the transceiver unit 902 is further configured to send, to the second base station, an identifier of a cell that is associated with the second base station in the part or all of the cells, and at least one SS block of the cell that is associated with the second base station. Identification
  • Some or all of the SS blocks in the at least one SS block are associated with at least one CSI-RS of the second base station.
  • the transceiver unit 902 is configured to receive, by the terminal, an identifier of a part or all of the cells in the at least one cell and an identifier of the SS block associated with the identifier of the part or all of the cells;
  • the transceiver unit 902 is further configured to send, to the second base station, an identifier of a cell that is associated with the second base station in the part or all of the cells, and at least one SS block of the cell that is associated with the second base station. Identification
  • the transceiver unit 902 is further configured to receive, from the second base station, a cell identifier of the first cell, at least one beam parameter of the first cell, and a resource associated with the at least one beam parameter;
  • the cell belongs to the second base station;
  • the transceiver unit 902 is further configured to send, to the terminal, a cell identifier of the first cell, at least one beam parameter of the first cell, and a resource associated with the at least one beam parameter; At least one beam parameter belongs to an identifier of the at least one SS block, and the beam parameter is an identifier of the SS block.
  • the transceiver unit 902 is further configured to send a measurement frequency point to the terminal; the measurement frequency point is associated with the at least one cell.
  • the transceiver unit 902 is configured to receive, by the second base station, an identifier of the at least one cell, an identifier of the CSI-RS associated with the at least one cell, and a resource location.
  • the transceiver unit 902 is further configured to send, to the terminal, an identifier of the at least one cell, an identifier of the CSI-RS associated with the at least one cell, and a resource location;
  • the transceiver unit 902 is further configured to receive, from the terminal, an identifier of a part or all of the cells in the at least one cell, an identifier of an SS block associated with the part or all cells, and/or an identifier of a CSI-RS.
  • the transceiver unit 902 is further configured to send, to the second base station, an identifier of a part or all of the cells in the at least one cell, an identifier of an SS block associated with the part or all cells, and/or Identification of the CSI-RS;
  • the transceiver unit 902 is further configured to receive, by the second base station, an identifier of a first cell, at least a beam parameter associated with the first cell, where the at least one beam parameter belongs to an identifier of the associated SS block, And/or an identifier of the CSI-RS, where the first cell belongs to the at least one cell;
  • the transceiver unit 902 is further configured to send, to the terminal, an identifier of the first cell, and at least a beam parameter associated with the first cell, where the at least one beam parameter belongs to an identifier of the associated SS block, And/or the identity of the CSI-RS.
  • the transceiver unit 902 is further configured to send a second indication to the terminal.
  • the transceiver unit 902 is further configured to receive a third quality, and/or a third power of the serving cell that is sent by the terminal in response to the second indication, where the third quality, and/or the third power is based on Obtained by the quality, and/or power of some or all of the CSI-RSs in at least one CSI-RS of the serving cell.
  • the transceiver unit 902 is configured to send a third indication to the terminal.
  • the transceiver unit 902 is further configured to receive a fourth quality, and/or fourth power of the serving cell that is sent by the terminal in response to the third indication, the fourth quality, and/or fourth power It is obtained based on the quality, and/or power of some or all of the synchronization signals in at least one synchronization signal of the serving cell.
  • the present application also provides a group-based beam management method. Referring to FIG. 10, the method includes:
  • the network may need to perform beam management, CSI acquisition, etc. based on the CSI-RS reference signal.
  • CSI-RS resources for these roles may need to be more dense than CSI-RS resources used for RRM measurements.
  • a possible method is to configure a CSI-RS resource used by the serving cell for the UE when the UE accesses or when the serving cell is added.
  • the CSI-RS resource is used for beam management, CSI acquisition, and also for RRM measurement.
  • the CSI-RS configuration of the serving cell does not need to be carried in the RRM measurement configuration, and the UE performs RRM measurement using the CSI-RS resources configured when the cell is added or initially accessed.
  • the base station configures the L1/L2 measurement by using the RRC message, and the UE reports the measurement result by using the L1 or L2 signaling (period).
  • the SS block or the CSI-RS configuration to be measured may be grouped by using the RRC message. Each group has a group number. The UE reports the measured value based on the group number for beam management. Each group number corresponds to a measured value. This measured value may be generated by combining multiple SS blocks under the group number, for example, The sum of the measured values of the SS block under the group number can also be the average value.
  • Beam management is based on groups, such as adding a group and deleting a group instead of adding or deleting an SS block. When adding a group, the UE needs to increase each SS block in the group as a service SS block. Similarly, when deleting a group, each SS block in the group is deleted.
  • the Beam grouping method can also be used for RRM measurements.
  • the configuration sent by the first base station to the terminal includes a group identifier, the group identifier is used for grouping of beam parameters, and the terminal is based on a group.
  • the identification can obtain the quality, and/or power information of the group.
  • the present application also provides a method for measuring GAP.
  • the method includes:
  • the UE may not be able to simultaneously receive data of the serving cell and perform measurement of the neighboring cell.
  • the base station may need to configure a measurement gap for the UE. For example, in the LTE system, a 6 ms gap may be configured every 40 ms or 80 ms.
  • the UE measures the neighboring cell instead of the current service. The cell sends and receives data.
  • the original measurement gap mechanism may not work well.
  • One method is: the location (time) occupied by the CSI-RS resource of the neighboring zone configured by the UE is used as a measurement gap, and the serving cell does not schedule the UE at these locations, and the UE performs the measurement of the neighboring cell, optionally, no longer The measurement gap is configured separately.
  • This method is simple, but may make the measurement gap more dispersed and relatively inefficient.
  • the method is also applicable to measuring the NR-SS of the neighboring cell, that is, the NR-SS scheduling information of the neighboring cell is sent to the UE, and the time of the configuration is used as the measurement gap.
  • the NR-SS scheduling information sent to the UE's neighboring area may be a subset of the neighboring area's real scheduling information, or the base station indicates the need, because the NR-SS sends the information frequently.
  • the frequency of measurement for example, only needs to be measured once in N times.
  • the measurement gap configuration may be one or more configurations, and the neighboring base station generates and supplies the measurement based on the measurement gap configuration.
  • the CSI-RS resource configuration of the UE that is, these CSI-RS resources are located in the measurement gap period of the current UE.
  • the request is rejected, or the neighboring base station generates a CSI-RS resource, and the required gap configuration of the resource is sent to the current serving base station, where the current serving base station will be CSI.
  • the RS resource and the new gap configuration are sent to the UE, for example, the measurement gap configuration required to carry the frequency corresponding to the measurement object in the measurement object, or the measurement gap configuration required by the cell in the corresponding frequency.
  • the above method of measuring gap can be applied to the above measurement process, and the measured gap is used to indicate the timing of the terminal measurement.
  • the present application also provides a beam management method, a terminal device, and a network device, which will be described below with reference to FIG. 12 to FIG.
  • the network architecture and the service scenario described in the embodiments of the present application are for the purpose of more clearly illustrating the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, and do not constitute a limitation of the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application.
  • the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application are equally applicable to similar technical problems.
  • the present application can be applied to existing cellular communication systems, such as Global System for Mobile Communication (GSM), Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA), and long-term In the system of evolution (English: Long Term Evolution, LTE for short), it is applicable to the fifth generation mobile communication system (English: 5rd-Generation, 5G for short), such as adopting new wireless (English: New Radio, referred to as: NR) Communication network such as access network and cloud radio access network (English: Cloud Radio Access Network, CRAN for short) can also be extended to similar wireless communication systems, such as wireless fidelity (English: WIreless-Fidelity, short for :wifi), Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access (WiMAX), and other related cellular systems of the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (English: 3rd Generation Partnership Project, 3GPP) Suitable for other orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (English: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple) Xing, abbreviated as: OFDM) access technology wireless communication system, and also suitable for future wireless
  • different beam parameters correspond to different synchronization signals or transmission parameters related to CSI-RS or other reference signals, and generally include a transmission period, a time offset, a signal corresponding sequence or a pattern.
  • the network architecture and the service scenario described in this application are for the purpose of more clearly explaining the technical solutions of the present application, and do not constitute a limitation on the technical solutions provided by the present application. Those skilled in the art may know that with the evolution of the network architecture and new services. The appearance of the scenario, the technical solution provided by the present application is equally applicable to similar technical problems.
  • FIG. 12 it is a schematic diagram of a possible application scenario of the present application, including at least one terminal device 10, which communicates with a radio access network (English: Radio Access Network, RAN for short) through a radio interface, where the RAN At least one network device 20 is included, and the network device is exemplified as a base station. For the sake of clarity, only one base station and one terminal device are shown in the figure.
  • the terminal device 10 can also communicate with another terminal device 10, such as a device-to-device (English: Device to Device, D2D) or machine-to-machine (English: Machine to Machine, M2M) scenario.
  • Network device 20 may be in communication with terminal device 10, as well as with another network device 20, such as communication between a macro base station and an access point.
  • the RAN is connected to a core network (English: core network, referred to as CN).
  • CN may be coupled to one or more data networks (English: Data Network, DN for short), such as the Internet, public switched telephone network (PSTN). .
  • DN Data Network
  • PSTN public switched telephone network
  • Terminal Equipment also known as User Equipment (English: User Equipment, UE for short), or Terminal (Terminal), is a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to users.
  • a handheld device having a wireless connection function or a wireless communication function, an in-vehicle device, a wearable device, a computing device, a control device, or other processing device connected to a wireless modem, and various forms of mobile stations (English: Mobile station , referred to as: MS) and so on.
  • Common terminal devices include: mobile phones, tablets, notebooks, handheld computers, mobile internet devices (English: mobile internet device, MID for short), wearable devices such as smart watches, smart phones. Ring, pedometer, etc.
  • the above-mentioned devices are collectively referred to as terminal devices.
  • a network device for example, a base station, which is also referred to as a RAN device, is a device that accesses a terminal device to a wireless network, including but not limited to: an evolved Node B (English: evolved Node B, referred to as: eNB), radio network controller (English: radio network controller, RNC for short), node B (English: Node B, NB for short), base station controller (English: Base Station Controller, BSC for short), base transceiver station (English: Base Transceiver Station, BTS for short), home base station (for example, Home evolved NodeB, or Home Node B, HNB for short), baseband unit (English: BaseBand Unit, BBU for short), base station (English: g NodeB) , referred to as: gNB), transmission point (English: Transmitting and receiving point, referred to as: TRP), transmission point (English: Transmitting point, referred to as: TP), mobile switching center, etc.
  • eNB evolved Node B
  • the device that directly communicates with the terminal device through the wireless channel is usually a base station, and the base station may include various forms of a macro base station, a micro base station, a relay station, an access point, or a radio remote unit (English: Remote Radio Unit, referred to as: RRU), etc., of course, the wireless communication with the terminal device may also be other network devices having wireless communication functions, which is not limited in this application.
  • the name of a device with a base station function may be different, for example, in an LTE network, called an evolved NodeB (eNB or eNodeB), in the 3rd Generation (3G) In the network, it is called Node B and so on.
  • eNB evolved NodeB
  • 3G 3rd Generation
  • a beam can be understood as a spatial resource, and can refer to a transmission or reception precoding vector having energy transmission directivity.
  • the transmitting or receiving precoding vector can be identified by index information.
  • the energy transmission directivity may refer to precoding processing of a signal to be transmitted by using the precoding vector, and the signal processed by the precoding has a certain spatial directivity, and the precoding is performed by the precoding vector.
  • the received signal has better received power, such as meeting the received demodulation signal to noise ratio, etc.; the energy transmission directivity may also mean that the same signal transmitted from different spatial locations is received by the precoding vector to have different received power.
  • the same communication device may have different precoding vectors, and different communication devices may also have different precoding vectors, that is, corresponding to different beams.
  • the beam can have multiple names.
  • the beam can be called spatial resource, spatial weight, spatial direction, spatial orientation, etc.
  • the beam may be different in different periods and different scenarios. No restrictions.
  • one communication device can use one or more of a plurality of different precoding vectors at the same time, that is, one beam or multiple beams can be formed at the same time.
  • the beam information may be identified by the index information.
  • the index information may be corresponding to the resource identifier of the terminal device (intelligence, ID: ID).
  • ID the index information may correspond to the configured channel state information reference signal.
  • the ID or index or resource of the channel status information reference signal may be the ID or resource of the corresponding uplink sounding reference signal (Sounding Reference Signal, SRS for short).
  • the index information may also be index information that is displayed or implicitly carried by a beam-bearing signal or channel.
  • the index information includes, but is not limited to, a synchronization signal sent by a beam or a broadcast channel indicating the Index information of the beam.
  • a high frequency cell for example, can be understood as a cell whose operating frequency band is greater than or equal to a frequency band of 6 GHz or more.
  • the path loss of the general transmission is large.
  • the high frequency cell introduces a beamforming technology, which concentrates the energy of the signal on a certain required one. The direction or beam forms a beam aligned with the terminal device, and the transmission energy is aligned with the terminal device, thereby improving the demodulation signal-to-noise ratio of the terminal device and improving the cell edge user experience.
  • the high-frequency data transmission can use a beam pair, the sender is aligned in one direction or beam for data transmission, and the receiver also needs to align the corresponding direction or beam to receive data.
  • the terminal device and the network device may be in the same time unit, and data transmission may be performed by using the Tx beam in at least one beam pair.
  • the beam pair includes a transmit beam (Tx beam) and a receive beam (Rx beam).
  • the network device for example, gNB
  • the terminal device for example, the UE
  • Rx beam or the terminal device.
  • the terminal device for example, the UE
  • network device eg gNB
  • the UE may maintain a connection of multiple downlink and/or uplink service beam pairs of one cell with at least one TRP.
  • the service beam pair provides a beam pair of radio resources for the connected or activated UE.
  • the UE in the connected state is a UE that maintains an RRC connection between the UE and the access network device and a connection between the access network device and the core network device.
  • the UE in the active state is a UE that maintains the connection between the access network device and the core network device, and has no RRC connection between the UE and the access network device.
  • the idle state UE is a UE that has no connection between the access network device and the core network device and an RRC connection between the UE and the access network device.
  • At least one TRP may be located in different geographic locations to expand coverage of the cell. Therefore, in some scenarios, the channel conditions of the downlink service beam pair connection between different TRPs and UEs may be independent, then when the UE moves to a new location, it is possible that the channel quality of some service beam pairs, For example, the path loss, due to some temporary blocking, such as the blockage of the tree, falls, resulting in beam failure, while at the same time, the channel quality of some other service beams is still good.
  • the service beam or the service beam pair is a beam or beam pair that can provide a radio resource for the UE in the connected state or the UE in the active state, and the service beam includes the serving uplink beam and/or the downlink service beam.
  • the terminal device For the downlink beam, the terminal device maintains the same downlink service beam set as the network device, and the downlink service beam set is used to indicate the downlink service beam available between the terminal device and the network device, where the downlink service beam refers to the downlink direction.
  • the network device can be used to provide a beam of service to the terminal device, for example, the network device can send downlink control signaling or the like to the terminal device in the downlink service beam.
  • the terminal device Due to the movement of the terminal device, some of the beams in the downlink service beam set fail, so that the terminal device can timely measure the beam that fails the beam and report it to the network device.
  • the network device reports the measurement result based on the terminal device. Reconfigure the beam for the terminal device to ensure the communication quality between the network device and the terminal device.
  • a flowchart of a beam management method provided by the present application includes the following steps:
  • Step 201 The terminal device measures a beam of the network device.
  • the terminal device may be a periodic measurement, or may perform measurement according to an indication of the network device.
  • the terminal device may measure a beam in which a beam failure occurs, where the beam failure beam may be a reference signal received strength RSRP.
  • the reference signal receives a beam whose quality RSRQ is lower than the first threshold, or the reference signal receives the strength RSRP or the reference signal receives the beam whose quality RSRQ is always lower than the first threshold within a preset time, and may also beam the beam failure. It is understood that the reference signal receives a weaker beam or the reference signal receives a poor quality beam.
  • the terminal device may also measure a beam that satisfies the first condition, and the beam satisfying the first condition may be a reference signal receiving strength or a reference signal.
  • a beam that satisfies the second threshold is accepted, and a beam that satisfies the first condition can also be understood as a N beam with a stronger reference signal or a better received signal quality, where N is greater than or equal to 1.
  • the first condition can also be referred to as a quality condition, or a quality requirement.
  • Step 202 The terminal device sends physical layer control signaling or MAC layer control signaling to the network device.
  • the content included in the foregoing physical layer control signaling or MAC layer control signaling may have the following options:
  • the terminal device sends physical layer control signaling to the network device, where the physical layer control signaling includes an identifier of the first beam, where the first beam is a beam that fails to generate a beam.
  • the terminal device sends physical layer control signaling to the network device, where the physical layer control signaling includes an identifier of the first beam, where the first beam is a beam that satisfies the first condition.
  • the terminal device sends physical layer control signaling to the network device, where the physical layer control signaling includes an identifier of the first beam, where the first beam is a beam that fails the beam and a beam that satisfies the first condition.
  • the terminal device sends MAC layer control signaling to the network device, where the MAC layer control signaling includes an identifier of the first beam, where the first beam is a beam that fails to generate a beam.
  • the terminal device sends MAC layer control signaling to the network device, where the MAC layer control signaling includes an identifier of the first beam, where the first beam is a beam that meets the first condition.
  • the terminal device sends MAC layer control signaling to the network device, where the MAC layer control signaling includes an identifier of the first beam, where the first beam is a beam that fails the beam and a beam that satisfies the first condition.
  • the terminal device when determining that there is an uplink resource, the terminal device generates physical layer control signaling or MAC layer control signaling according to the uplink resource, where the physical layer control signaling or the MAC layer control signaling includes the identifier of the first beam, Sending the identity of the first beam to the network device.
  • the first beam is at least one beam.
  • the physical layer control signaling or the MAC layer control signaling includes an identifier of the first beam, and may also be understood to include a beam report or a beam recovery report in the physical layer control signaling or the MAC layer control signaling.
  • the beam report or beam recovery report includes an identifier of the first beam, or it may be understood that the identifier of the first beam is reported in the form of a measurement report.
  • the uplink resource may include part or all of the following content: a transport block size, a physical time-frequency resource block (such as a number, used to indicate a new or retransmission, a modulation and coding scheme, a hybrid automatic repeat request) (English: Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest, abbreviated as: HARQ), process ID, and redundancy version.
  • the uplink resource may be a dynamically scheduled uplink resource, or may be a semi-statically scheduled uplink resource, or may be a contention-based uplink resource. (Uplink resources shared by multiple terminals, such as Grant free resources).
  • the uplink resource may be used to indicate an uplink transmission resource of the primary cell or the secondary cell.
  • the primary cell (English: Primary Cell, PCell for short) is the primary frequency, and the terminal device can perform the initial connection establishment process or initiate the connection re-establishment process, or the cell indicated as the primary cell in the handover process.
  • the secondary cell (English: Secondary Cell, SCell for short) is a cell working in the secondary frequency and provides additional radio resources for the connected UE.
  • Step 203 The network device receives physical layer control signaling or MAC layer control signaling sent by the terminal device.
  • the network device may obtain the identifier of the first beam by parsing the physical layer control signaling or the MAC layer control signaling, so as to learn at least one downlink service beam where the beam failure occurs, and/or satisfy the first condition. Beam.
  • the network device may delete at least one downlink service beam that fails the beam from the downlink service beam set of the network device according to the identifier of the first beam.
  • the downlink beam that meets the first condition may also be added to the downlink service beam. concentrated.
  • the identifier of the first beam may be a beam identifier, and may also be an SS-block identifier.
  • the SS-block identifier may also be a time index time index of the SS-block, where the time index is carried in the PBCH of the SS-block.
  • the SS-block includes at least one of the following: a primary synchronization signal (English: Primary Synchronization Signal, PSS for short), a secondary synchronization signal (English: secondary Synchronization Signal, SSS for short), and a physical broadcast channel (English: Physical Broadcast) Channel, referred to as: PBCH).
  • the method further includes the step 204, the network device sending, to the terminal device, a response message for the identifier of the first beam.
  • the response message is used to indicate the identifier of the beam serving the terminal device.
  • the beam serving the terminal device indicated by the response message may include a beam that is reported by the terminal device and meets the first condition, or may not The beam that is reported by the terminal device and satisfies the first condition is included.
  • the response message further includes an identifier of a beam that needs to be deleted, and the beam that needs to be deleted is at least one of a beam that fails to generate a beam.
  • the response message of the identifier of the first beam may also be used to understand a response message of a beam report or a response message of a beam recovery report.
  • the method further includes the step 205, the terminal device receiving a response message sent by the network device for the identifier of the first beam.
  • the terminal device may modify or adjust the beam of the downlink service beam set of the terminal device, or may not modify or adjust, so that the terminal device can receive the packet correctly or effectively.
  • the data includes downlink control plane data and/or user plane data.
  • the modifying or adjusting operation includes: (1) the identifier of the beam serving the terminal device indicated by the response message is different from the identifier of the partial beam in the downlink service beam set of the terminal device, and the terminal device according to the response message Partially adjusting (adding or deleting) a part of the beam in the downlink service beam set, for example, modifying the angle or phase of the partial beam in the downlink service beam set; and (2) indicating the identifier of the beam of the terminal device that is indicated by the response message
  • the identifiers of all the beams in the downlink service beam set of the terminal device are different, and the terminal device partially or completely adjusts (adds or deletes) all the beams in the downlink service beam set according to the response message, for example, modifying the phase of the receive beam or (3)
  • the identifier of the beam that serves the terminal device indicated by the response message is the same as the identifier of all the beams in the downlink service beam set of the terminal device, and the terminal device concentrates the downlink service beam
  • the response message sent by the network device may include an identifier of the at least one downlink beam, so as to notify the terminal device of the downlink beam used for serving the terminal device.
  • the at least one downlink beam can be understood as a beam used by the terminal device to update the downlink service beam set of the terminal device.
  • the response message may be an uplink grant (UL grant) or a downlink assignment (DL assignment).
  • UL grant uplink grant
  • DL assignment downlink assignment
  • the response message sent by the network device may also be sent by using physical layer signaling or a MAC CE.
  • the foregoing step 202 needs to meet certain conditions, that is, the terminal device triggers the sending of the identifier of the first beam to the network device when the terminal device meets the certain conditions. For example, after the terminal device measures the beam, the beam failure is determined. And triggering, by the terminal device, the identifier of the first beam to be sent to the network device by using physical layer control signaling or MAC layer control signaling, optionally, if the reference signal receiving strength or the reference signal receiving quality of the service beam of the terminal device If the preset time duration is lower than the first threshold, the beam failure is determined.
  • the reference signal of the service beam may be a reference signal of the control channel and/or the data channel.
  • the terminal device determines that the beam failure occurs, M is greater than or equal to N, M, N is an integer and both Can be configured by the network.
  • the reference signal may be at least one of the following: a synchronization signal (PSS/SSS), a CSI-RS, a cell reference signal (Cell Reference Signal, CRS for short), and a beam reference signal (English: Beam Reference Signal, BRS for short).
  • Demodulation Reference Signal English: Demodulation Reference Signal, referred to as: DMRS).
  • the first timer is started or restarted.
  • the terminal device When the first timer expires, the terminal device is triggered to send the identifier of the first beam to the network device by using physical layer control signaling or MAC layer control signaling.
  • the first timer may be restarted and re-timed when generating MAC layer control signaling.
  • the terminal device when the second timer is started or restarted, when the second timer expires and the response to the identifier of the second beam is not received, the terminal device is triggered to pass physical layer control signaling or MAC layer control signaling.
  • the network device sends the identifier of the first beam.
  • the second timer may restart and re-clock when the MAC layer control signaling is generated, where the second beam is a beam that fails to generate a beam or meets the foregoing. a conditional beam, wherein the first beam and the second beam may be the same or different.
  • the terminal device sends the identifier of the second beam to the network device, and the terminal device has not been sent before the second timer expires.
  • the terminal device may re-report the second beam (here, the second beam is the same as the first beam), or the terminal device performs beam measurement again, and the measured first beam is obtained. Reported to a network device.
  • the terminal device before performing step 202, further includes: the terminal device sends a first request to the network device, where the first request is used to request uplink And the terminal device receives the second indication information for indicating the uplink resource, where the uplink resource is used to transmit the physical layer control signaling or the MAC layer control signaling, where the physical layer is Control signaling or MAC layer control signaling includes an identification of the first beam.
  • the first request is a preamble sequence of random access, and is sent to the network device by using a physical random access channel, and receives a preamble sequence for the random access sent by the network device.
  • the second response information is used to indicate the uplink resource.
  • the first request is uplink control signaling, and is sent to the network device by using a physical uplink control channel.
  • the terminal device maintains two service beams, specifically beam1 and beam2, that is, the downlink beam service set of the terminal device is ⁇ beam1, beam2 ⁇ .
  • the downlink beam service set of the network device for the terminal device is also ⁇ beam1, beam2. ⁇ .
  • the terminal device monitors the PDCCHs of beam1 and beam2 to obtain possible downlink control signaling, such as a downlink assignment or an uplink grant UL grant. Since the terminal device moves to a new location, the terminal device measures to determine that the signal quality or strength of beam1 and beam2 becomes weaker (for example, the signal quality or strength of beam1 and beam2 is less than the threshold), thus determining that beam failure has occurred. And the terminal device determines that the signal quality or strength of beam3 is good, so beam3 can be considered as a new service beam.
  • the terminal device If the terminal device receives the UL grant sent by the network device, according to the UL grant, the terminal device generates physical layer control signaling or MAC layer control signaling, where the identifier of the first beam is included, and the identifier of the first beam is The identifier of beam1 and the identifier of beam2 are either the identifier of beam1, the identifier of beam2, the identifier of beam3, or the identifier of beam3, and send physical layer control signaling or MAC layer control signaling to the network device.
  • the physical layer control signaling or the MAC layer control signaling may be used to notify the network devices that the signal strength or quality of beam1 and beam2 is poor, and the signal quality of beam3 is good.
  • the network device decides that the downlink control signaling is no longer sent to the terminal device through the beam1 and the beam2, and the beam3 is added as the beam3 of the service terminal device, and then the beam device 3 is sent to the terminal device through the beam3.
  • Send downlink control signaling After receiving the response sent by the network device for the physical layer control signaling or the MAC layer control signaling, the terminal device does not monitor the PDCCH on the beam1 and the beam2, and monitors the PDCCH on the beam3. Moreover, both the terminal device and the network device adjust their respective downlink service beam sets to ⁇ beam3 ⁇ .
  • the terminal device If the terminal device does not receive the UL grant sent by the network device, the terminal device is triggered to pass the physical uplink control channel (English: Physical Uplink Shared CHannel, PUCCH for short) or physical random access channel (English: Physical Random Access Channel, Abbreviation: PRACH), sending a first request to the network device, where the first request is used to request an uplink resource, and after requesting the uplink resource, further, according to the foregoing 1), continuing to send the first beam to the network device
  • the physical layer control signaling or MAC layer control signaling of the identity In the terminal device does not receive the UL grant sent by the network device, the terminal device is triggered to pass the physical uplink control channel (English: Physical Uplink Shared CHannel, PUCCH for short) or physical random access channel (English: Physical Random Access Channel, Abbreviation: PRACH), sending a first request to the network device, where the first request is used to request an uplink resource, and after requesting the uplink resource, further, according to the foregoing 1)
  • step 202 when the terminal device sends the MAC layer control signaling to the network device, the following manner can also be implemented:
  • the data in the terminal device has a sending priority
  • the terminal device performs resource allocation according to the uplink resource and the preset sending and sending priority, and according to the sending priority order.
  • Priority is given to assigning resources to send high priority data.
  • the preset sending and sending priority may be pre-defined by the protocol, or pre-configured by the network device.
  • the MAC layer of the terminal device is preferentially allocated according to the sending priority order.
  • the resource is sent to the data with a high priority.
  • the sending priority of the MAC layer control signaling is greater than the sending and sending priority of the buffer status report (BSR), optionally, the MAC address.
  • BSR buffer status report
  • the transmission priority of the layer control signaling is smaller than the transmission priority of the control signaling of the identity of the terminal device.
  • the preset sending priority is from high to low, and is:
  • the data of the uplink common control physical channel (English: Uplink Common Control Physical Channel), referred to as UL-CCCH is the data of the SRB, and can also be understood as the data of the RRC layer, such as a connection establishment request message or a re-establishment request message.
  • the Cell Radio Network Temporary Identifier (C-RNTI) is the identifier of the terminal device, and is used by the network device to identify the identity of the terminal device, and is mainly used in the random access process.
  • BSR Buffer status report, scheduling reference information of the network device, used to report how much data is waiting for transmission in the current uplink buffer of the terminal device.
  • the network device allocates uplink transmission resources according to the BSR reported by the terminal device, thereby avoiding waste of radio resources.
  • the logical channel data other than the UL-CCCH data refers to the normal data of the user plane.
  • the granularity of the report can be granular in logical channel group or logical channel.
  • the terminal device multiplexes and assembles the data of the allocated resources to generate a MAC packet, such as a transport block or a MAC protocol data unit (English: Protocol Data Unit, PDU for short).
  • the terminal device sends the MAC packet to the network device according to the uplink resource.
  • the terminal device may perform some or all of the priority operations of the preset priority in the foregoing embodiments. These operations are merely examples, and the embodiments of the present invention may perform other operations or deformations of various operations, which may or may not be The operations of all the priorities in the above embodiments are to be performed. For example, the priority is only 1>2>3, 4 is not considered, and so on.
  • the uplink transmission resource includes a transmission block size of 50 bytes, that is, the wireless transmission resource can transmit up to 50 bytes of data.
  • the C-RNTI requires 15 bytes of resources
  • the first beam needs 30 bytes and the BSR needs 10 bytes.
  • the transmission block size included in the uplink transmission resource allocated by the base station cannot report the C-RNTI, the identifier of the first beam, and the BSR at the same time.
  • the terminal device preferentially allocates resources to the data with high priority according to the priority: C-RNTI>identity of the first beam>BSR.
  • the resource of 15 bytes is allocated to the C-RNTI, and the 30-byte resource is allocated to the identifier of the first beam from the remaining 35-byte resources.
  • the remaining 5 bytes of resources are insufficient for reporting the BSR, and the BSR is not reported at this time, but Report some padding data, and then form a MAC PDU, as shown in Figure 14.
  • the first request is sent to the network device by the terminal device.
  • the following can be implemented:
  • the first request is a random access preamble sequence.
  • the specific implementation process includes the following steps:
  • Step 1 The terminal device receives random access configuration information sent by the network device.
  • the configuration information includes N RACH configuration information (including RACH time-frequency resources, optionally including a Preamble group), and the N RACH configuration information is associated with a downlink beam for transmitting an SS-Block or a first CSI-RS.
  • Identification information The identification information of the DL beam may be a time index in the PBCH channel.
  • Step 2 The terminal device performs beam measurement based on the SS-block or the first CSI-RS to determine the available or best downlink beam.
  • the terminal device determines an associated RACH configuration of the identifier of the available or best downlink beam according to the identifier of the available or best downlink beam, and sends the Preamble to the network device by using the RACH configuration.
  • Step 3 The terminal device receives, on the downlink beam, a random access response message sent by the network device, where the random access response message includes an uplink grant, an uplink time advance amount, and the like.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device sends the random access preamble sequence, the terminal device uses the RA-RNTI to monitor the PDCCH in the random access response window, so as to receive the random access response message sent by the network device for the random access preamble sequence.
  • the duration of the random access response window can be pre-defined or pre-configured by the network.
  • RA-RNTI The calculation of RA-RNTI can be performed by the following formula:
  • the RA-RNTI can be obtained by the parameters: t_id, f_id, and slot_id.
  • the RA-RNTI can be obtained by the parameters: t_id, f_id, and symbol_id.
  • the RA-RNTI can be obtained by the parameters: t_id, f_id, slot_id, and symbol_id.
  • RA-RNTI 1+a*t_id+b*symbol_id+c*f_id+d*slot_id
  • a, b, c, d are natural numbers or non-negative integers.
  • inventive arrangements include any combination of the above formulas.
  • RA-RNTI 1+t_id+max_t*time_unit_id+(max_t+max_t*max_time_unit)*f_id
  • t_id is the subframe number of the first subframe in which the PRACH resource is located, which is an integer; max_t is the number of subframes of one radio frame; time_unit_id is the time_unit number of the first time_unit of the first subframe in which the PRACH resource is located
  • the time_unit may be a slot or a symbol (refer to a slot or symbol of a subcarrier interval), and a possible time granularity in the future, which is an integer;
  • max_time_unit is a number of time_units in a subframe and is an integer;
  • f_id is a frequency of the PRACH resource.
  • the index of the domain resource is the subframe number of the first subframe in which the PRACH resource is located, which is an integer;
  • RA-RNTI 1+t_id+max_t*f_id+(max_t+max_t*max_f)*time_unit_id
  • t_id is the subframe number of the first subframe in which the PRACH resource is located, which is an integer; max_t is the number of subframes of one radio frame; time_unit_id is the time_unit number of the first time_unit of the first subframe in which the PRACH resource is located The time_unit may be a slot or a symbol, and a possible time granularity in the future, which is an integer; max_time_unit is a number of time_units in a subframe and is an integer; f_id is an index of a frequency domain resource in which the PRACH resource is located.
  • the RAR may further include at least one second CSI-RS configuration information, where the terminal device performs beam measurement of the CSI-RS.
  • the any one of the second CSI-RS configuration information may further include the identifier information of the second CSI-RS configuration, such as a CSI-RS index.
  • the RAR may further include an N value for the reference signal received power and/or the reference signal received quality of the synthesized cell in the received power and/or reference signal received quality of the N beams from the terminal device. This value of N can also be obtained from the system message.
  • Step 4 The terminal device sends the identifier of the first beam to the network device according to the uplink grant included in the random access response.
  • the identifier of the first beam may be sent by using MAC control signaling, and may also be understood as a transmit beam report or a transmit beam recovery report.
  • the terminal device sends the identifier of the third beam to the network device.
  • the third beam is a part or all of the beams corresponding to the configuration identifier of the second CSI-RS that satisfies the second condition.
  • the configuration identifier of the second CSI-RS may be a CSI-RS index
  • the second condition is a configuration identifier of the N second CSI-RSs based on the quality or strength of the signal measured by the second CSI-RS.
  • the configuration identifier of the N second CSI-RSs based on the signal quality or strength of the second CSI-RS measurement being greater than the threshold.
  • the terminal device further sends a Reference Signal Receiving Power (RSRP) and/or a Reference Signal Receiving Quality (English: Reference Signal Receiving Quality) of the second CSI-RS based beam to the network device.
  • RSRP Reference Signal Receiving Power
  • RSRQ Reference Signal Receiving Quality
  • the terminal device further sends a second CSI-RS based reference signal receiving power (Reference Signal Receiving Power, RSRP) and/or a reference signal receiving quality to the network device. :RSRQ).
  • Step 5 The terminal device receives a contention resolution message sent by the network device.
  • the contention resolution message may be downlink control signaling scrambled by C-RNTI, such as UL grant or DL assignment.
  • the contention resolution message may further carry a response message for the identifier of the first beam or the identifier of the second CSI-RS configuration.
  • the terminal device receives the contention resolution message sent by the network device in the receive beam associated with the first beam or the second CSI-RS configuration.
  • the first request is physical layer control signaling.
  • Step 1 The terminal device sends a first request to the network device by using a physical uplink control channel.
  • Step 2 The terminal device receives the network device to send an uplink authorization.
  • Step 3 The terminal device sends the identifier of the first beam to the network device according to the uplink grant included in the random access response.
  • Step 4 The terminal device receives a response message sent by the network device for the identifier of the first beam.
  • the physical uplink channel may be located in a primary cell or a secondary cell.
  • step 201 if the terminal device determines that there is no available uplink resource, the terminal device does not perform step 202 to step 204, but performs the following steps:
  • Step 1 The terminal device sends a second request to the network device by using a physical uplink control channel, where the second request message carries the identifier of the first beam.
  • the second request is uplink control signaling.
  • Step 2 The terminal device receives a response message sent by the network device for the identifier of the first beam.
  • the terminal device sends the identifier of the first beam to the network device by using the second request, so that the uplink resource is not required to be further requested, which can save overhead and improve processing speed.
  • the physical uplink channel may be located in a primary cell or a secondary cell.
  • the network device may further send configuration information of the CSI-RS in the response message when the response message for the first wave number is sent to the terminal device, where the terminal is configured for the CSI-
  • the RS performs beam measurement.
  • the terminal device receives the configuration information, performs beam measurement, generates a measurement result, and sends the CSI-RS based beam measurement result to the network device.
  • the terminal device if the terminal device cannot receive the identifier of the beam serving the terminal device, send a connection re-establishment request to the network device, where the terminal device can be considered as being unable to receive the following situation.
  • the identifier of the beam serving the terminal device for example, when the terminal device sends the identifier of the first beam to the network device, the terminal device does not receive the response message for the identifier of the first beam, and the terminal device determines that the current beam is unavailable.
  • the terminal device determines that the radio link fails, and sends a connection re-establishment request to the network device.
  • connection re-establishment request may be a radio resource control (English: Radio Resource Control, RRC for short) connection re-establishment.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • the terminal device sends a first request to the network device, the first request is used to request an uplink resource, and the terminal device does not receive a response message for the first request within a set duration, and After the terminal device sends the first request for more than a preset number of times, the terminal device determines the wireless link. Lost, thereby transmitting the connection re-establishment request to the network device, alternatively, the connection re-establishment request may be an RRC connection re-establishment request.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • the physical layer of the terminal device indicates an out of sync indication to the RRC layer of the terminal device in any of the following scenarios:
  • Case 2 The reference signal reception quality or strength of a service beam does not exceed the threshold, and there are no other available downlink beams.
  • Solution 1 When the RRC layer of the terminal device receives consecutive N out-of-synchronization indications of the physical layer, the fourth timer is started. During the fourth timer operation, an in sync indication of the PHY layer is received, and the fourth timer is stopped.
  • N is an integer that is configured by the network device or pre-defined by the protocol.
  • the terminal device determines that the radio link has failed, and thus initiates RRC re-establishment.
  • Solution 2 When the terminal device determines that the beam fails, the terminal device starts a third timer, where the third timer is used by the terminal device to search or identify an available downlink beam. If the third timer expires, there is still no available service beam, and no other new available beams are searched, the terminal device determines that the radio link fails, and thus initiates an RRC re-establishment process, if the third timer expires, but determines If there is at least one available service beam, the identifier of the first beam is sent to the network device.
  • available can be understood as the reference signal receiving quality or intensity of the beam is greater than or equal to the threshold.
  • the terminal device determines that the radio link has failed and initiates an RRC re-establishment.
  • the physical layer or the MAC layer of the terminal device sends a beam failure indication to the RRC layer of the terminal device, and the terminal device RRC layer determines that the radio link fails, and initiates an RRC re-establishment.
  • the terminal device determines the wireless The link fails and initiates an RRC re-establishment process.
  • M is an integer that is configured by the network device or pre-defined by the protocol. Specifically, the physical layer or the MAC layer of the terminal device sends a beam failure indication to the RRC layer of the terminal device, and the terminal device RRC layer determines that the radio link fails, and initiates an RRC re-establishment.
  • the durations of the third timer and the fourth timer may be pre-defined by the protocol, or pre-configured by the network device.
  • the terminal device measures the beam of the network device, and optionally, can be implemented by:
  • the terminal device further receives a first configuration sent by the network device, where the first configuration includes a window period and a window duration; and the terminal device measures the beam of the network device, including: the terminal device according to the window The period and window duration are used to measure the beam of the network device.
  • the terminal device can be prevented from continuously performing beam measurement, thereby reducing power consumption of the terminal device and saving power.
  • FIG. 15 a schematic diagram of a beam measurement window period and a window duration
  • the terminal device periodically performs beam measurement in the window duration according to the first configuration, and is used to determine whether a beam failure occurs.
  • beam measurement can be performed during the ON period of Beam Management Timing Configuration (BMTC), and the beam measurement can be for SS-block or CSI-RS.
  • BMTC Beam Management Timing Configuration
  • the terminal device may also perform beam measurement during the activation period of the discontinuous reception (such as DRX ON) to determine whether the occurrence occurs.
  • the base station needs to consider the DRX ON duration when configuring the BMTC.
  • the ON duration of the BMTC can be configured before the DRX ON duration, so that the terminal device can determine whether there is an available downlink beam receiving downlink control signaling during the DRX ON period ( Downlink allocation or uplink grant). If not, the terminal device sends the identifier of the first beam to the network device to initiate a beam recovery process; otherwise, the beam recovery process is not initiated.
  • the role during DRX activation is to control the terminal device to monitor the PDCCH in order to obtain downlink control signaling.
  • the PDCCH of all activated cells is monitored.
  • the terminal device determines whether there is an available downlink service beam within a preset duration, and if so, the terminal device goes to the network.
  • the device sends a scheduling request and monitors the PDCCH to obtain a possible UL grant; if not, the terminal device does not send a scheduling request to the network device, triggering a beam recovery process.
  • the scheduling request is used by the terminal device to request an uplink transmission resource from the network device. In this way, when the terminal device determines that there is no available beam, the scheduling request is not sent, and the power of the terminal device can be saved.
  • the present application further provides another beam management method, which specifically includes the following steps:
  • Step A The terminal device measures a beam of the network device.
  • the terminal device may be a periodic measurement, or may perform measurement according to an indication of the network device.
  • the terminal device may measure a beam in which a beam failure occurs, where the beam failure beam may be a reference signal received strength RSRP.
  • the reference signal receives a beam whose quality RSRQ is lower than the first threshold, or the reference signal receives the strength RSRP or the reference signal receives the beam whose quality RSRQ is always lower than the first threshold within a preset time, and may also beam the beam failure. It is understood that the reference signal receives a weaker beam or the reference signal receives a poor quality beam.
  • the terminal device may also measure a beam that satisfies the first condition, and the beam satisfying the first condition may be a reference signal receiving strength or a reference signal.
  • a beam that satisfies the second threshold is accepted, and a beam that satisfies the first condition can also be understood as a N beam with a stronger reference signal or a better received signal quality, where N is greater than or equal to 1.
  • Step B In a case where the terminal device is in the first state (in the present application, the first state is also referred to as a trigger state of the beam recovery report), the terminal device determines whether there is an uplink resource.
  • the uplink resource may include part or all of the following: a transport block size, a physical time-frequency resource block (such as a number), a new transmission or retransmission, a modulation and coding scheme, a HARQ process ID, and a redundancy version.
  • the uplink resource may be a dynamically scheduled uplink resource, or may be a semi-persistently scheduled uplink resource, or may be a contention-based uplink resource (an uplink resource shared by multiple terminals, such as a Grant free resource).
  • the uplink resource may be used to indicate an uplink resource of the primary cell or the secondary cell.
  • the uplink resource is an uplink transmission resource used for reporting a beam recovery report.
  • Step C If the terminal device determines that there is an uplink resource, generates a beam recovery report according to the uplink resource.
  • the beam recovery report includes an identifier of the first beam, where the first beam is a beam that fails to generate a beam or a beam that satisfies a first condition.
  • the beam recovery report is used to notify the network device that at least one downlink service beam of the beam failure occurs, and optionally, the downlink beam for notifying the network device reference signal to receive the strength or quality.
  • the network device may delete at least one downlink service beam from which the beam failure occurs from the downlink service beam set according to the beam recovery report; and add the reference signal to receive the downlink beam with good strength or quality to the downlink service beam set.
  • the beam recovery report may be sent through physical layer control signaling or MAC layer control signaling.
  • Step D The terminal device sends the beam recovery report to the network device according to the uplink resource.
  • the network device determines, according to the beam recovery report, which downlink beam or beams are available for data transmission with the terminal device, such as whether to send downlink control signaling through the downlink beams. If the network device determines that at least one serving service beam is no longer used to transmit downlink control signaling, and/or at least one downlink serving beam can be used to transmit downlink control signaling, the network device generates a response message for the beam recovery report. The terminal device adjusts the setting of the receiving beam according to the response message of the beam recovery report, so as to effectively obtain the downlink control signaling.
  • step B if the terminal device determines that there is no available uplink resource, before step C, the method further includes:
  • Step E The terminal device sends a beam recovery request to the network device.
  • the beam recovery request may be uplink control signaling or a random access preamble.
  • the terminal device enters a second state (which may also be referred to as a trigger state of the beam recovery request) before transmitting the beam recovery request.
  • the trigger state of the beam recovery request is used to trigger a transmit beam recovery request.
  • the beam recovery request may be a preamble sequence of random access, and is sent by using a physical random access channel.
  • the beam recovery request may also be sent by using a physical uplink control channel by using uplink control signaling.
  • the terminal device when one or more of the following conditions are met, the terminal device is triggered to enter the first state (trigger state of the beam recovery report):
  • the fifth timer is used to periodically trigger to enter the first state.
  • the sixth timer is configured to enter the first state again when the terminal device does not receive the response message for the beam recovery report.
  • Condition 3 The terminal determines that a beam failure has occurred.
  • the reference signal of the serving beam may be a control a reference signal of the channel and/or the data channel.
  • the terminal device is configured with M service beams, the reference signal received signal strength or quality of the N DL beams is lower than a preset threshold within a preset duration. Then the terminal device determines that a beam failure occurs, M is greater than or equal to N, M, N is an integer and can be configured by the network.
  • the reference signal may be at least one of the following: a synchronization signal (PSS/SSS), a CSI-RS, a cell reference signal (Cell Reference Signal, CRS for short), a BRS, a demodulation reference signal (English: Demodulation Reference Signal, short for :DMRS).
  • PSS/SSS synchronization signal
  • CSI-RS Cell Reference Signal
  • CRS Cell Reference Signal
  • BRS Base Station Reference Signal
  • demodulation reference signal English: Demodulation Reference Signal, short for :DMRS
  • the triggering terminal device cancels the first state (trigger state of the beam recovery report):
  • the first state is canceled after the beam recovery report is generated.
  • Condition 2 Generate a beam recovery report according to the uplink resource, and send a beam recovery report to the network device. After receiving the response message of the beam recovery report sent by the network device, the terminal device cancels the first state.
  • the first state is canceled after receiving the response message for the beam recovery report.
  • Condition 3 According to the uplink resource, send a beam recovery report to the network device, and cancel the first state.
  • the first state is canceled after the beam recovery report is sent.
  • Condition 4 When the generated MAC PDU (Protocol Data Unit) includes a beam recovery report (or an identifier containing the first beam), the first state is cancelled.
  • the generated MAC PDU Protocol Data Unit
  • the terminal device when one or more of the following conditions are met, the terminal device is triggered to enter the second state (trigger state of the beam recovery request):
  • Condition 1 When the terminal device enters the first state and determines that no uplink resources are available, the second state is entered.
  • the triggering terminal device cancels the second state (trigger state of the beam recovery request):
  • the second state is canceled after the beam recovery report is generated.
  • Condition 2 Generate a beam recovery report according to the uplink resource, and send a beam recovery report to the network device. After receiving the response message of the beam recovery report sent by the network device, the terminal device cancels the second state.
  • the second state is canceled after receiving the response message for the beam recovery report.
  • Condition 3 According to the uplink resource, send a beam recovery report to the network device, and cancel the second state.
  • the second state is canceled after the beam recovery report is sent.
  • Condition 4 When the generated MAC PDU includes a beam recovery report (or an identifier containing the first beam), the first state is cancelled.
  • the terminal device may determine, according to the current state, whether beam recovery report/beam recovery can be sent to the network device. request.
  • each network element such as a terminal device (such as a UE), a network device (such as a base station), etc., in order to implement the above functions, includes hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to the respective functions.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a network device 600.
  • the network device 600 can be applied to perform the method performed by the network device in any of the foregoing embodiments.
  • the network device 600 includes one or more remote radio units (RRUs) 601 and one or more baseband units (BBUs) 602.
  • the RRU 601 may be referred to as a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc., which may include at least one antenna 6011 and a radio frequency unit 6012.
  • the RRU601 part is mainly used for transmitting and receiving radio frequency signals and converting radio frequency signals and baseband signals.
  • the BBU 602 part is mainly used for performing baseband processing, controlling network devices, and the like.
  • the RRU 601 and the BBU 602 may be physically disposed together or physically separated, that is, distributed network devices.
  • the BBU 602 is a control center of a network device, and may also be referred to as a processing unit, and is mainly used to perform baseband processing functions, such as channel coding, multiplexing, modulation, spreading, and the like.
  • the BBU processing unit
  • the BBU 602 may be configured by one or more boards, and multiple boards may jointly support a single access standard radio access network (such as an LTE network), or may separately support different access modes of wireless. Access Network.
  • the BBU 602 also includes a memory 6021 and a processor 6022.
  • the memory 6021 is used to store necessary instructions and data.
  • the processor 6022 is configured to control a network device to perform necessary actions, such as for controlling a network device to perform the method performed by the network device in any of the above embodiments.
  • the memory 6021 and the processor 6022 can serve one or more boards. That is, the memory and processor can be individually set on each board. It is also possible that multiple boards share the same memory and processor.
  • the necessary circuits are also provided on each board.
  • an uplink signal (including data, etc.) transmitted by the terminal device is received through the antenna 6011, and a downlink signal (including data and/or is transmitted to the terminal device through the antenna 6011 on the downlink.
  • control information in the processor 6022, processing service data and signaling messages according to radio access technologies adopted by the radio access network (for example, access technologies of LTE, NR, and other evolved systems) ) to handle.
  • the processor 6022 is further configured to perform control management on an action of the network device, and is used to perform processing performed by the network device in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the processor 6022 is further configured to support a network device to perform the process related to processing by the network device in FIG.
  • Figure 17 only shows a simplified design of the network device.
  • the network device may include any number of antennas, memories, processors, radio units, RRUs, BBUs, etc., and all network devices that can implement the present application are within the scope of the present application.
  • the RRU 601 is referred to as a transceiver, and the transceiver and the processor in the network device 600 are specifically configured to perform:
  • a transceiver configured to receive physical layer control signaling or MAC layer control signaling sent by the terminal device, where the physical layer control signaling or the MAC layer control signaling includes an identifier of the first beam, where the first beam is a generating beam a failed beam or a beam that satisfies the first condition;
  • the transceiver is further configured to send, to the terminal device, a response message for the identifier of the first beam, where the response message is used to indicate an identifier of a beam serving the terminal device.
  • the physical layer control signaling or MAC layer control signaling is sent by the terminal device to the network device when determining that a beam failure occurs;
  • the physical layer control signaling or MAC layer control signaling is sent by the terminal device to the network device when determining that the first timer expires; or
  • the physical layer control signaling or MAC layer control signaling is sent by the terminal device to the network device when the second timer expires and the response to the identifier of the second beam is not received, the second beam A beam that fails the beam or a beam that satisfies the first condition.
  • the transceiver is further configured to receive a first request sent by the terminal device, where the first request is used to request an uplink resource, and send a second request to the terminal device to indicate an uplink resource. Instructing information; wherein the uplink resource is used to transmit the physical layer control signaling or MAC layer control signaling.
  • the sending priority of the MAC layer control signaling is greater than the sending priority of the buffer status report.
  • the sending priority of the MAC layer control signaling is smaller than the sending priority of the control signaling of the identifier of the terminal device.
  • the first request is a preamble sequence of random access, and is sent by the terminal device to the network device by using a physical random access channel; or the first request is uplink control signaling, and The terminal device sends the network device to the network device through a physical uplink control channel.
  • the transceiver is configured to receive a connection re-establishment request sent by the terminal device, where the connection re-establishment request is performed by the terminal device when the identifier of the beam serving the terminal device cannot be received. generate.
  • the transceiver is further configured to send, to the terminal device, a first configuration, where the first configuration includes a window period and a window duration; and the identifier of the first beam is used by the terminal device according to the The window period and window duration are measured.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a terminal device 700, as shown in FIG. 18(a).
  • FIG. 18(a) shows only the main components of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device 700 includes a processor, a memory, a control circuit, an antenna, and an input/output device.
  • the processor is mainly used for processing the communication protocol and the communication data, and controlling the entire terminal device, executing the software program, and processing the data of the software program, for example, for supporting the terminal device 700 to execute the terminal device 700 in any of the above embodiments.
  • Memory is primarily used to store software programs and data.
  • the control circuit is mainly used for converting baseband signals and radio frequency signals and processing radio frequency signals.
  • the control circuit together with the antenna can also be called a transceiver, and is mainly used for transmitting and receiving RF signals in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • Input and output devices such as touch screens, display screens, keyboards, etc., are primarily used to receive user input data and output data to the user.
  • the processor can read the software program in the storage unit, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program.
  • the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and then outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit.
  • the radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal, and then sends the radio frequency signal to the outside through the antenna in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, and the processor converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data. .
  • FIG. 18(a) shows only one memory and processor for ease of illustration. In an actual terminal device, there may be multiple processors and memories.
  • the memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device, and the like.
  • the processor may include a baseband processor and a central processing unit.
  • the baseband processor is mainly used to process a communication protocol and communication data
  • the central processing unit is mainly used to control the entire terminal device 700. Execute a software program that processes the data of the software program.
  • the processor in FIG. 18(a) integrates the functions of the baseband processor and the central processing unit.
  • the baseband processor and the central processing unit can also be independent processors and interconnected by technologies such as a bus.
  • the terminal device can include multiple baseband processors to adapt to different network standards, and the terminal device 700 can include multiple central processors to enhance its processing capabilities, and various components of the terminal device 700 can pass various buses. connection.
  • the baseband processor can also be expressed as a baseband processing circuit or a baseband processing chip.
  • the central processing unit can also be expressed as a central processing circuit or a central processing chip.
  • the functions of processing the communication protocol and the communication data may be built in the processor, or may be stored in the storage unit in the form of a software program, and the processor executes the software program to implement the baseband processing function.
  • the antenna and control circuit having the transceiving function can be regarded as the transceiving unit 701 of the terminal device 700, and the processor having the processing function is regarded as the processing unit 702 of the terminal device 700.
  • the terminal device 700 includes a transceiving unit 701 and a processing unit 702.
  • the transceiver unit can also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiver, and the like.
  • the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiver unit 701 can be regarded as a receiving unit, and the device for implementing the sending function in the transceiver unit 701 is regarded as a sending unit, that is, the transceiver unit 701 includes a receiving unit and a sending unit.
  • the receiving unit may also be referred to as a receiver, a receiver, a receiving circuit, etc.
  • the transmitting unit may be referred to as a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit.
  • the processor On the downlink, receiving downlink signals (including data and/or control information) transmitted by the network device through the antenna, and transmitting uplink signals (including data and/or control) to the network device through the antenna on the uplink.
  • Information in the processor, processing service data and signaling messages, which are processed according to radio access technologies (eg, LTE, NR, and access technologies of other evolved systems) used by the radio access network.
  • the processor is further configured to perform control and management on actions of the terminal device, and is used to perform processing performed by the terminal device in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the processor is further configured to support the terminal device to perform the processing procedure involving the terminal device in FIG.
  • Fig. 18(a) only shows a simplified design of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may include any number of antennas, memories, processors, etc., and all terminal devices that can implement the present application are within the protection scope of the present application.
  • the transceiver unit is referred to as a transceiver
  • the processing unit is referred to as a processor.
  • the transceiver and the processor in the terminal device 700 are specifically configured to perform:
  • a processor configured to measure a beam of the network device
  • a transceiver configured to send, by using physical layer control signaling or media access control, MAC layer control signaling, an identifier of the first beam to the network device, where the first beam is a beam that fails to generate a beam or a beam that satisfies a first condition .
  • the transceiver when the beam fails, sends the identifier of the first beam to the network device by using physical layer control signaling or MAC layer control signaling; or
  • the transceiver When the first timer expires, the transceiver sends the identifier of the first beam to the network device by using physical layer control signaling or MAC layer control signaling; or
  • the transceiver When the second timer expires and does not receive a response to the identity of the second beam, the transceiver sends an identifier of the first beam to the network device by using physical layer control signaling or MAC layer control signaling,
  • the second beam is a beam in which a beam failure occurs or a beam that satisfies a first condition.
  • the transceiver further sends a first request to the network device, where the first request is used for requesting an uplink resource; and, for receiving, from the network device, second indication information for indicating an uplink resource, where The uplink resource is used to transmit the physical layer control signaling or the MAC layer control signaling.
  • the sending priority of the MAC layer control signaling is greater than the sending priority of the buffer status report.
  • the sending priority of the MAC layer control signaling is smaller than the sending priority of the control signaling of the identifier of the terminal device.
  • the first request is a preamble sequence of random access, and is sent to the network device by using a physical random access channel; or the first request is uplink control signaling, and is sent to the physical uplink control channel to The network device.
  • the transceiver if the transceiver cannot receive the identifier of the beam serving the terminal device, the transceiver sends a connection re-establishment request to the network device.
  • the transceiver receives a first configuration sent by the network device, where the first configuration includes a window period and a window duration; and the processor is configured to: according to the window period and the window duration, The beam of the network device is measured.
  • FIG. 18(b) is a schematic diagram of another terminal device provided by the present application, wherein the processor may include circuitry for audio/video and logic functions of the terminal device.
  • the processor can include a digital signal processor device, a microprocessor device, an analog to digital converter, a digital to analog converter, and the like. The control and signal processing functions of the mobile device can be distributed among these devices based on their respective capabilities.
  • the processor may also include an internal voice coder VC, an internal data modem DM, and the like.
  • the processor can include functionality to operate one or more software programs, which can be stored in a memory.
  • the processor and the stored software instructions can be configured to cause the terminal device to perform an action.
  • the processor can operate the linker.
  • the terminal device may also include a user interface, which may include, for example, an earphone or speaker, a microphone, an output device (eg, a display), an input device, etc., operatively coupled to the processor.
  • the processor can include user interface circuitry configured to control at least some of the functionality of one or more components of the user interface, such as a speaker, microphone, display, and the like.
  • the processor and/or user interface circuitry including the processor can be configured to control one of the one or more components of the user interface by computer program instructions (eg, software and/or firmware) stored in a memory accessible by the processor. Or multiple features.
  • the terminal device can include a battery for powering various circuits associated with the mobile device, such as circuitry that provides mechanical vibration as a detectable output.
  • the input device can include a device that allows the device to receive data, such as a keypad, a touch display, a joystick, and/or at least one other input device, and the like.
  • the terminal device may also include one or more connection circuit modules for sharing and/or obtaining data.
  • the terminal device can include a short range RF RF transceiver and/or detector such that data can be shared with and/or obtained from the electronic device in accordance with RF technology.
  • the terminal device may include other short range transceivers such as, for example, an infrared IR transceiver, a transceiver, a wireless universal serial bus USB transceiver, and the like.
  • the Bluetooth transceiver can operate according to low power or ultra low power Bluetooth technology.
  • the terminal device, and more specifically the short range transceiver is capable of transmitting and/or receiving data to and/or from an electronic device in the vicinity of the device, such as within 10 meters.
  • the terminal device is capable of transmitting and/or receiving data to and/or from an electronic device in accordance with various wireless networking technologies, including: Wi-Fi, Wi-Fi low power, WLAN technology, Such as IEEE 802.11 technology, IEEE 802.15 technology, IEEE 802.16 technology, and the like.
  • the terminal device can include a memory that can store information elements related to the mobile user, such as a subscriber identity module SIM. In addition to the SIM, the device may also include other removable and/or fixed memories.
  • the terminal device may include volatile memory and/or non-volatile memory.
  • volatile memory can include random access memory RAM including dynamic RAM and/or static RAM, on-chip and/or off-chip cache, and the like.
  • non-volatile memory can be embedded and/or removable, and can include, for example, read only memory, flash memory, magnetic storage devices such as a hard disk, a floppy disk drive, magnetic tape, and the like, an optical disk drive and/or media, Non-volatile random access memory NVRAM and the like.
  • the non-volatile memory can include a cache area for temporary storage of data. At least a portion of the volatile and/or non-volatile memory can be embedded in the processor.
  • the memory can store one or more software programs, instructions, information blocks, data, etc., which can be used by the terminal device to perform the functions of the mobile terminal.
  • the memory may include an identifier capable of uniquely identifying the terminal device, such as an International Mobile Equipment Identity IMEI code.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides an apparatus 800, which may be a network device or a terminal device.
  • the device 800 includes at least a processor 801 and a memory 802.
  • a transceiver 803 can also be included, and can also include a bus 804.
  • the processor 801, the memory 802, and the transceiver 803 are all connected by a bus 804;
  • the memory 802 is configured to store a computer execution instruction
  • the processor 801 is configured to execute a computer execution instruction stored by the memory 802.
  • the processor 801 executes the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory 802, so that the device 800 performs the steps performed by the network device in any of the foregoing embodiments provided by the embodiments of the present application. Or causing the network device to deploy a functional unit corresponding to the step.
  • the processor 801 executes a computer-executed instruction stored in the memory 802, so that the device 800 performs the steps performed by the terminal device in any of the foregoing embodiments provided by the embodiments of the present application. Or causing the terminal device to deploy a functional unit corresponding to the step.
  • the processor 801 may include different types of processors 801, or include the same type of processor 801; the processor 801 may be any one of the following: a central processing unit (English: Central Processing Unit, CPU for short), ARM processing AMR's English full name: Advanced RISC Machines, RISC's English full name: Reduced Instruction Set Computing, Chinese translation: Reduced instruction set:), Field Programmable Gate Array (English: Field Programmable Gate Array, referred to as: FPGA) A device with computational processing power, such as a dedicated processor.
  • the processor 801 can be integrated as a many-core processor.
  • the memory 802 can be any one or any combination of the following: a random access memory (English: Random Access Memory, RAM for short), a read only memory (English: read only memory, abbreviated as: ROM), non-volatile Memory (English: non-volatile memory, referred to as: NVM), solid state drive (English: Solid State Drives, SSD for short), mechanical hard disk, disk, disk array and other storage media.
  • a random access memory (English: Random Access Memory, RAM for short)
  • ROM read only memory
  • NVM non-volatile Memory
  • SSD Solid State Drives
  • the transceiver 803 is configured to perform data interaction between the device 800 and other devices; for example, if the device 800 is a network device, the network device can perform the method performed by the network device in any of the above embodiments; the network device passes through the transceiver 803 and the terminal The device performs data interaction; if the device 800 is a terminal device, the terminal may be a method performed by the terminal device in any of the above embodiments; the terminal device performs data interaction with the network device through the transceiver 803; the transceiver 803 may be any of the following One or any combination: a network interface (such as an Ethernet interface), a wireless network card, and the like having a network access function.
  • a network interface such as an Ethernet interface
  • the bus 804 can include an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, etc., for ease of representation, Figure 19 shows the bus with a thick line.
  • the bus 804 can be any one or any combination of the following: an industry standard architecture (English: Industry Standard Architecture, ISA for short) bus, a Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) bus. And expand the industry standard structure (English: Extended Industry Standard Architecture, referred to as: EISA) bus and other wired data transmission devices.
  • an industry standard architecture English: Industry Standard Architecture, ISA for short
  • PCI Peripheral Component Interconnect
  • EISA Extended Industry Standard Architecture
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a computer readable storage medium.
  • the computer readable storage medium stores a computer execution instruction.
  • the processor of the terminal device executes the computer to execute an instruction, so that the terminal device performs the beam management method provided by the application.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a computer readable storage medium.
  • the computer readable storage medium stores a computer execution instruction.
  • the processor of the network device executes the computer to execute an instruction, so that the network device performs the beam management method provided by the application.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product comprising computer executed instructions stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the processor of the terminal device can read the computer execution instruction from the computer readable storage medium; the processor executes the computer to execute the instruction, so that the terminal device performs the steps performed by the terminal device in the foregoing method provided by the embodiment of the present application, or causes the terminal to The device deploys the functional unit corresponding to this step.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product comprising computer executed instructions stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the processor of the network device can read the computer execution instructions from the computer readable storage medium; the processor executes the computer to execute the instructions, so that the network device performs the steps performed by the network device in the foregoing method provided by the embodiments of the present application, or makes the network
  • the device deploys the functional unit corresponding to this step.
  • the present application also provides a chip system including a processor for supporting a terminal device to implement the functions involved in the above aspects, for example, generating, receiving or processing data involved in the above methods and/or information.
  • the chip system further includes a memory that can be used to store program instructions and data necessary for the terminal device.
  • the chip system may be composed of a chip, or may include a chip and other discrete devices.
  • the present application also provides a chip system including a processor for supporting a network device to implement the functions involved in the above aspects, for example, generating, receiving or processing data and/or information involved in the above method.
  • the chip system further includes a memory for holding program instructions and data necessary for the data receiving device.
  • the chip system may be composed of a chip, or may include a chip and other discrete devices.
  • the present application further provides a terminal device 900, as shown in FIG. 20, including a processing unit 901 and a transceiver unit 902, which can be used to perform the method performed by the terminal device in any of the above embodiments, optionally
  • the processing unit 901 and the transceiver unit 902 are configured to execute:
  • the processing unit 901 is configured to measure a beam of the network device.
  • the identifier of the first beam is sent to the network device by using physical layer control signaling or medium access control MAC layer control signaling, where the first beam is a beam that fails to generate a beam or a beam that satisfies a first condition.
  • the 900 sends the identifier of the first beam to the network device by using physical layer control signaling or MAC layer control signaling; or
  • the 900 sends the identifier of the first beam to the network device by using physical layer control signaling or MAC layer control signaling; or
  • the 900 sends an identifier of the first beam to the network device by using physical layer control signaling or MAC layer control signaling, where The two beams are beams in which beam failure occurs or beams that satisfy the first condition.
  • the 900 is further configured to send, by the network device, a first request, where the first request is used to request an uplink resource, and to receive, from the network device, second indication information that is used to indicate an uplink resource, where The uplink resource is used to transmit the physical layer control signaling or the MAC layer control signaling.
  • the sending priority of the MAC layer control signaling is greater than the sending priority of the buffer status report.
  • the sending priority of the MAC layer control signaling is smaller than the sending priority of the control signaling of the identifier of the terminal device.
  • the first request is a preamble sequence of random access, and is sent to the network device by using a physical random access channel; or the first request is uplink control signaling, and is sent to the physical uplink control channel to The network device.
  • the 900 sends a connection re-establishment request to the network device.
  • the processing unit 901 is specifically configured to: according to the window period and the window duration, The beam of the network device is measured.
  • the present application further provides a network device 1000, as shown in FIG. 21, including a processing unit 1001 and a transceiver unit 1002, which can be used to perform the method performed by the network device in any of the above embodiments, optionally
  • the processing unit 1001 and the transceiver unit 1002 are configured to execute:
  • the transceiver unit 1002 is configured to receive physical layer control signaling or MAC layer control signaling sent by the terminal device, where the physical layer control signaling or the MAC layer control signaling includes an identifier of the first beam, where the first beam is generated. a beam that fails the beam or a beam that satisfies the first condition;
  • the transceiver unit 1002 is further configured to send, to the terminal device, a response message for the identifier of the first beam, where the response message is used to indicate an identifier of a beam serving the terminal device.
  • the physical layer control signaling or MAC layer control signaling is sent by the terminal device to the network device when determining that a beam failure occurs;
  • the physical layer control signaling or MAC layer control signaling is sent by the terminal device to the network device when determining that the first timer expires; or
  • the physical layer control signaling or MAC layer control signaling is sent by the terminal device to the network device when the second timer expires and the response to the identifier of the second beam is not received, the second beam A beam that fails the beam or a beam that satisfies the first condition.
  • the transceiver unit 1002 is further configured to receive a first request sent by the terminal device, where the first request is used to request an uplink resource, and send, to the terminal device, a The second indication information, where the uplink resource is used to transmit the physical layer control signaling or the MAC layer control signaling.
  • the sending priority of the MAC layer control signaling is greater than the sending priority of the buffer status report.
  • the sending priority of the MAC layer control signaling is smaller than the sending priority of the control signaling of the identifier of the terminal device.
  • the first request is a preamble sequence of random access, and is sent by the terminal device to the network device by using a physical random access channel; or the first request is uplink control signaling, and The terminal device sends the network device to the network device through a physical uplink control channel.
  • the transceiver unit 1002 is configured to receive a connection re-establishment request sent by the terminal device, where the connection re-establishment request is that the terminal device cannot receive the identifier of the beam serving the terminal device. Generated at the time.
  • the transceiver unit 1002 is further configured to send, to the terminal device, a first configuration, where the first configuration includes a window period and a window duration; and the identifier of the first beam is used by the terminal device according to the The window period and window duration are measured.
  • the beam management method and the content of the terminal device and the network device provided by the present application may be combined with the communication method provided above and the content of the terminal and the base station, for example, in the beam management method, the terminal device, and the network device, the terminal device determines When cell measurement and handover are required, cell handover can be performed according to the communication method provided above and the contents of the terminal and the base station.
  • the terminal needs to report the measurement result in the communication method and the content of the terminal and the base station, refer to the beam management method and the reporting method in the terminal device or the network device, for example, through physical layer control signaling or media access. Control MAC layer control signaling transmission.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions can be stored in a computer readable storage medium or transferred from one computer readable storage medium to another computer readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions can be from a website site, computer, server or data center To another website, computer, server, or data center by wire (for example, coaxial cable, fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL), or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) Transfer.
  • the computer readable storage medium can be any available media that can be stored by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, or the like that includes a plurality of available media.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (SSD)).
  • a general purpose processor may be a microprocessor.
  • the general purpose processor may be any conventional processor, controller, microcontroller, or state machine.
  • the processor may also be implemented by a combination of computing devices, such as a digital signal processor and a microprocessor, a plurality of microprocessors, one or more microprocessors in conjunction with a digital signal processor core, or any other similar configuration. achieve.
  • the steps of a method or algorithm described in this application can be directly embedded in hardware, a software unit executed by a processor, or a combination of the two.
  • the software unit can be stored in a random access memory (English: Random-Access Memory, RAM for short), flash memory, read-only memory (English: Read-Only Memory, abbreviation: ROM), erasable programmable read-only register (English) : Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory (EPROM), Register, Hard Disk, Removable Disk, CD-ROM (English: Compact Disc Read-Only Memory, CD-ROM) or any other form of storage medium in the field .
  • the storage medium can be coupled to the processor such that the processor can read information from the storage medium and can write information to the storage medium.
  • the storage medium can also be integrated into the processor.
  • the processor and the storage medium may be disposed in an ASIC, and the ASIC may be disposed in the terminal device or the network device.
  • the processor and the storage medium may also be disposed in different components in the terminal device or the network device.
  • Computer readable media includes computer storage media and communication media that facilitates the transfer of computer programs from one place to another.
  • the storage medium can be any available media that any general purpose or special computer can access.
  • such computer-readable media can include, but is not limited to, RAM, ROM, EEPROM, CD-ROM or other optical disk storage, disk storage or other magnetic storage device, or any other device or data structure that can be used for carrying or storing Other media that can be read by a general purpose or special computer, or a general purpose or special processor.
  • any connection can be appropriately defined as a computer readable medium, for example, if the software is from a website site, server or other remote source through a coaxial cable, fiber optic computer, twisted pair, digital subscriber line (DSL) Or wirelessly transmitted in, for example, infrared, wireless, and microwave, is also included in the defined computer readable medium.
  • the disk and the disc include a compressed disk, a laser disk, an optical disk, a digital versatile disk (DVD), a floppy disk, and a Blu-ray disk.
  • the disk usually replicates data magnetically. Discs are typically optically replicated with a laser. Combinations of the above may also be included in a computer readable medium.
  • the functions described herein can be implemented in hardware, software, firmware, or any combination thereof.
  • the functions may be stored in a computer readable medium or transmitted as one or more instructions or code on a computer readable medium.
  • Computer readable media includes both computer storage media and communication media including any medium that facilitates transfer of a computer program from one location to another.
  • a storage medium may be any available media that can be accessed by a general purpose or special purpose computer.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Quality & Reliability (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请提供一种通信方法及终端、基站，用以在进行小区切换时进行终端与小区间的通信，包括：终端从第一基站接收第一小区的小区标识、所述第一小区的至少一个波束参数，以及与所述至少一个波束参数关联的资源；所述第一小区属于第二基站，进一步地，可确定目标波束参数，并在目标波束参数对应的资源上发送信息，以及通过目标波束参数关联的接收波束接收针对所述信息的响应，实现了在进行小区切换时进行终端与小区间的通信。

Description

一种通信方法及终端、基站
本申请要求在2017年5月3日提交中华人民共和国知识产权局、申请号为201710305974.4、发明名称为“一种通信方法及终端、基站”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及移动通信技术领域，尤其涉及一种通信方法及终端、基站。
背景技术
高频，可以理解为频段较高，例如大于或等于6GHz以上。高频小区，例如可以理解为该小区的工作频段是大于或等于6GHz以上的频段。数据利用高频技术进行传输的时候，一般传输的路损较大，为了保证业务的有效传输，高频小区会引入波束赋形技术，该技术通过把信号的能量集中于某一个需要的方向形成一个波束，例如形成对准终端的波束，可提高终端的解调信噪比，改善小区边缘用户体验。
由于终端的移动等原因，导致终端需要切换，目前，针对基于波束管理的小区，在进行小区的切换时，如何实现终端与小区间的通信，还没有一种较好的方法。
发明内容
本申请提供一种通信方法及终端、基站，用以在进行小区切换时进行终端与小区间的通信。
第一方面，本申请提供一种通信方法，包括：
终端从第一基站接收第一小区的小区标识、所述第一小区的至少一个波束参数，以及与所述至少一个波束参数关联的资源；所述第一小区属于第二基站；
所述终端在目标波束参数对应的资源上发送信息；所述目标波束参数属于所述至少一个波束参数；
所述终端通过所述目标波束参数关联的接收波束接收针对所述信息的响应。
本申请，终端从第一基站接收第一小区的小区标识、所述第一小区的至少一个波束参数，以及与所述至少一个波束参数关联的资源；所述第一小区属于第二基站，进一步地，可确定目标波束参数，并在目标波束参数对应的资源上发送信息，以及通过目标波束参数关联的接收波束接收针对所述信息的响应，实现了在进行小区切换时进行终端与小区间的通信。
可选地，所述波束参数为CSI-RS的标识。
可选地，所述终端接收所述第一基站发送的第一配置，所述第一配置包括所述第二基站的至少一个CSI-RS的资源位置和标识；
所述终端测量所述至少一个CSI-RS；
所述终端向所述第一基站发送所述至少一个CSI-RS中部分或者全部CSI-RS的标识；
所述至少一个CSI-RS中部分或者全部CSI-RS的标识包括所述第一小区的至少一个波束参数。
可选地，所述终端向所述第一基站发送所述至少一个CSI-RS中部分或者全部CSI-RS的质量、和/或功率。
可选地，所述第一小区的至少一个波束参数是根据所述部分或者全部CSI-RS的标识、 质量、和/或功率中的至少一项选择的。
可选地，所述终端接收所述第一基站发送的第二配置，所述第二配置包括测量频点；
所述终端对在所述频点上的至少一个同步信号进行测量，所述至少一个同步信号属于至少一个小区，所述至少一个小区包括所述第一小区；
所述终端向所述第一基站发送至少一个小区中部分或者全部小区的标识，以及所述部分或者全部小区的质量或者功率，以及所述部分或者全部小区的至少一个SS block的标识。
可选地，所述终端向所述第一基站发送所述部分或者全部小区的至少一个SS block关联的同步信号的质量和/或功率。
可选地，所述至少一个SS block关联的同步信号的质量或者功率满足第一条件。
可选地，与所述第二基站的至少一个CSI-RS有关联的SS block属于所述部分或者全部小区的至少一个SS block。
可选地，所述波束参数为SS block的标识。
可选地，所述终端接收所述第一基站发送的第三配置，所述第三配置包括测量频点；
所述终端对在所述频点上的至少一个同步信号进行测量，所述至少一个同步信号属于至少一个小区，所述至少一个小区包括所述第一小区；
所述终端向所述第一基站发送至少一个小区中部分或者全部小区的标识，以及所述部分或者全部小区的信号或者功率，以及所述部分或者全部小区的至少一个SS block的标识；
所述部分或者全部小区的至少一个SS block的标识包括所述第一小区的至少一个波束参数。
可选地，所述终端向所述第一基站发送所述部分或者全部小区的至少一个SS block的质量、和/或功率。
可选地，所述波束参数是根据所述部分或者全部小区的至少一个SS block的标识、质量、和/或功率中的至少一项选择的。
可选地，所述部分或者全部小区的至少一个SS block关联的同步信号的质量或者功率满足第一条件。
可选地，所述波束参数为SS block的标识，或者为CSI-RS的标识。
可选地，所述终端从所述第一基站接收第一配置，所述第一配置包括所述第一小区的至少一个CSI-RS的资源位置和标识；
所述终端测量所述第一小区的至少一个CSI-RS和所述第一小区的至少一个同步信号；
所述终端向所述第一基站发送所述第一小区的第一质量、和/或第一功率，所述第一质量、和/或第一功率是基于所述第一小区的至少一个CSI-RS中部分或者全部CSI-RS的质量、和/或功率获得的，以及所述第一小区的第二质量、和/或第二功率，所述第二质量、和/或第二功率是基于所述至少一个同步信号中的部分或者全部同步信号的质量、和/或功率获得的。
可选地，所述终端从所述第一基站接收第二指示；
所述终端测量服务小区的至少一个CSI-RS；
响应于所述第二指示，所述终端向所述第一基站发送所述服务小区的第三质量、和/或第三功率，所述第三质量、和/或第三功率是基于所述服务小区的至少一个CSI-RS中部分或者全部CSI-RS的质量、和/或功率获得的。
可选地，所述终端从所述第一基站接收第三指示；
所述终端测量服务小区的至少一个同步信号；
响应于所述第三指示，所述终端向所述第一基站发送所述服务小区的第四质量、和/或第四功率，所述第四质量、和/或第四功率是基于所述服务小区的至少一个同步信号中的部分或者全部同步信号的质量、和/或功率获得的。
可选地，所述资源为随机接入资源，所述信息为前导序列，所述响应包括上行时间提前量。
可选地，所述资源为上行资源，所述信息为上行数据，所述响应为HARQ反馈。
可选地，所述上行数据包括RRC连接重配置完成消息。
第二方面，本申请实施例提供一种终端，可以执行实现上述第一方面提供的任意一种方法。
在一种可能的设计中，该终端具有实现上述第一方面任一方法中终端行为的功能，所述功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多于一个与上述功能相对应的模块。
在一种可能的设计中，终端的结构中包括处理器和收发器，所述处理器被配置为支持终端执行上述第一方面任一方法中相应的功能，例如生成、接收或处理上述方法中所涉及的数据和/或信息。所述收发器用于支持终端与其它实体之间的通信，向其它实体发送或从其它实体接收上述第一方面任一方法中所涉及的信息或者指令。终端中还可以包括存储器，所述存储器用于与处理器耦合，其保存终端必要的程序指令和数据。
第三方面，本申请提供一种通信方法，包括：
第一基站从终端接收所述至少一个CSI-RS中部分或者全部CSI-RS的标识；
所述第一基站向所述第二基站发送所述至少一个CSI-RS中部分或者全部CSI-RS的标识；
所述第一基站从所述第二基站接收第一小区的小区标识、所述第一小区的至少一个波束参数，以及与所述至少一个波束参数关联的资源；所述第一小区属于所述第二基站；
所述第一基站向所述终端发送第一小区的小区标识、所述第一小区的至少一个波束参数，以及与所述至少一个波束参数关联的资源；所述第一小区的至少一个波束参数属于所述至少一个CSI-RS中部分或者全部CSI-RS的标识，所述波束参数为CSI-RS的标识。
可选地，所述第一基站接收第二基站的至少一个CSI-RS的资源位置和标识；
所述第一基站向所述终端发送第一配置，所述第一配置包括所述第二基站的至少一个CSI-RS的资源位置和标识；
可选地，所述第一基站向所述终端发送测量频点；
所述第一基站从所述终端接收与所述测量频点关联的至少一个小区中部分或者全部小区的标识，以及所述部分或者全部小区的质量或者功率，以及所述部分或者全部小区的至少一个SS block的标识；
所述第一基站向所述第二基站发送所述部分或者全部小区中与所述第二基站关联的小区的标识，以及与所述第二基站关联的小区的至少一个SS block的标识；
所述至少一个SS block中的部分或者全部SS block与所述第二基站的至少一个CSI-RS有关联。
第四方面，本申请实施例提供一种基站，可以执行实现上述第三方面提供的任意一种方法。
在一种可能的设计中，该基站具有实现上述第三方面任一方法中基站行为的功能，所述功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多于一个与上述功能相对应的模块。
在一种可能的设计中，基站的结构中包括处理器和收发器，所述处理器被配置为支持基站执行上述第三方面任一方法中相应的功能，例如生成、接收或处理上述方法中所涉及的数据和/或信息。所述收发器用于支持基站与其它实体之间的通信，向其它实体发送或从其它实体接收上述第三方面任一方法中所涉及的信息或者指令。基站中还可以包括存储器，所述存储器用于与处理器耦合，其保存基站必要的程序指令和数据。
第五方面，本申请提供一种通信方法，包括：
第一基站从终端接收至少一个小区中部分或者全部小区的标识及与所述部分或者全部小区的标识关联的SS block的标识；
所述第一基站向所述第二基站发送所述部分或者全部小区中与所述第二基站关联的小区的标识，以及与所述第二基站关联的小区的至少一个SS block的标识；
所述第一基站从所述第二基站接收第一小区的小区标识、所述第一小区的至少一个波束参数，以及与所述至少一个波束参数关联的资源；所述第一小区属于所述第二基站；
所述第一基站向所述终端发送第一小区的小区标识、所述第一小区的至少一个波束参数，以及与所述至少一个波束参数关联的资源；所述第一小区的至少一个波束参数属于所述至少一个SS block的标识，所述波束参数为SS block的标识。
可选地，所述第一基站向所述终端发送测量频点；所述测量频点与所述至少一个小区有关联。
第六方面，本申请实施例提供一种基站，可以执行实现上述第五方面提供的任意一种方法。
在一种可能的设计中，该基站具有实现上述第五方面任一方法中基站行为的功能，所述功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多于一个与上述功能相对应的模块。
在一种可能的设计中，基站的结构中包括处理器和收发器，所述处理器被配置为支持基站执行上述第五方面任一方法中相应的功能，例如生成、接收或处理上述方法中所涉及的数据和/或信息。所述收发器用于支持基站与其它实体之间的通信，向其它实体发送或从其它实体接收上述第五方面任一方法中所涉及的信息或者指令。基站中还可以包括存储器，所述存储器用于与处理器耦合，其保存基站必要的程序指令和数据。
第七方面，本申请提供一种通信方法，包括：
第一基站从第二基站接收至少一个小区的标识、与所述至少一个小区关联的CSI-RS的标识和资源位置；
所述第一基站向终端发送所述至少一个小区的标识、与所述至少一个小区关联的CSI-RS的标识和资源位置；
所述第一基站从所述终端接收所述至少一个小区中部分或全部小区的标识、与所述部分或全部小区关联的SS block的标识、和/或CSI-RS的标识。
可选地，所述第一基站向所述第二基站发送所述至少一个小区中部分或全部小区的标识、与所述部分或全部小区关联的SS block的标识、和/或CSI-RS的标识；
所述第一基站从所述第二基站接收第一小区的标识、与所述第一小区关联的至少波束 参数，所述至少一个波束参数属于所述关联的SS block的标识、和/或CSI-RS的标识，所述第一小区属于所述至少一个小区；
所述第一基站向所述终端发送所述第一小区的标识、与所述第一小区关联的至少波束参数，所述至少一个波束参数属于所述关联的SS block的标识、和/或CSI-RS的标识。
第八方面，本申请实施例提供一种基站，可以执行实现上述第七方面提供的任意一种方法。
在一种可能的设计中，该基站具有实现上述第七方面任一方法中基站行为的功能，所述功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多于一个与上述功能相对应的模块。
在一种可能的设计中，基站的结构中包括处理器和收发器，所述处理器被配置为支持基站执行上述第七方面任一方法中相应的功能，例如生成、接收或处理上述方法中所涉及的数据和/或信息。所述收发器用于支持基站与其它实体之间的通信，向其它实体发送或从其它实体接收上述第七方面任一方法中所涉及的信息或者指令。基站中还可以包括存储器，所述存储器用于与处理器耦合，其保存基站必要的程序指令和数据。
第九方面，本申请提供一种通信方法，包括：
第一基站向终端发送第二指示；
所述第一基站接收所述终端响应于所述第二指示发送的服务小区的第三质量、和/或第三功率，所述第三质量、和/或第三功率是基于所述服务小区的至少一个CSI-RS中部分或者全部CSI-RS的质量、和/或功率获得的。
第十方面，本申请实施例提供一种基站，可以执行实现上述第九方面提供的任意一种方法。
在一种可能的设计中，该基站具有实现上述第九方面任一方法中基站行为的功能，所述功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多于一个与上述功能相对应的模块。
在一种可能的设计中，基站的结构中包括处理器和收发器，所述处理器被配置为支持基站执行上述第九方面任一方法中相应的功能，例如生成、接收或处理上述方法中所涉及的数据和/或信息。所述收发器用于支持基站与其它实体之间的通信，向其它实体发送或从其它实体接收上述第九方面任一方法中所涉及的信息或者指令。基站中还可以包括存储器，所述存储器用于与处理器耦合，其保存基站必要的程序指令和数据。
第十一方面，本申请提供一种通信方法，包括：
第一基站向终端发送第三指示；
所述第一基站接收所述终端响应于所述第三指示发送的所述服务小区的第四质量、和/或第四功率，所述第四质量、和/或第四功率是基于所述服务小区的至少一个同步信号中的部分或者全部同步信号的质量、和/或功率获得的。
第十二方面，本申请实施例提供一种基站，可以执行实现上述第十一方面提供的任意一种方法。
在一种可能的设计中，该基站具有实现上述第十一方面任一方法中基站行为的功能，所述功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多于一个与上述功能相对应的模块。
在一种可能的设计中，基站的结构中包括处理器和收发器，所述处理器被配置为支持 基站执行上述第十一方面任一方法中相应的功能，例如生成、接收或处理上述方法中所涉及的数据和/或信息。所述收发器用于支持基站与其它实体之间的通信，向其它实体发送或从其它实体接收上述第十一方面任一方法中所涉及的信息或者指令。基站中还可以包括存储器，所述存储器用于与处理器耦合，其保存基站必要的程序指令和数据。
第十三方面，本申请实施例提供了一种计算机存储介质，用于储存为上述第二方面提供的终端所使用的计算机软件指令，其包含用于执行上述第一方面所设计的程序。
第十四方面，本申请实施例提供了一种计算机存储介质，用于储存为上述第四方面提供的基站所用的计算机软件指令，其包含用于执行上述第三方面所设计的程序；或者，用于储存为上述第六方面提供的基站所用的计算机软件指令，其包含用于执行上述第五方面所设计的程序；或者，用于储存为上述第八方面提供的基站所用的计算机软件指令，其包含用于执行上述第七方面所设计的程序；或者，用于储存为上述第十方面提供的基站所用的计算机软件指令，其包含用于执行上述第九方面所设计的程序；或者，用于储存为上述第十二方面提供的基站所用的计算机软件指令，其包含用于执行上述第十一方面所设计的程序。
第十五方面，本申请还提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述第一方面所述的方法，该计算机程序产品包括计算机执行指令，该计算机执行指令存储在计算机可读存储介质中。终端的处理器可以从计算机可读存储介质读取该计算机执行指令；处理器执行该计算机执行指令，使得终端执行本申请实施例提供的上述方法中由终端执行的步骤，或者使得终端部署与该步骤对应的功能单元。
第十六方面，本申请还提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述第三方面或第五方面或第七方面或第九方面或第十一方面所述的方法，该计算机程序产品包括计算机执行指令，该计算机执行指令存储在计算机可读存储介质中。基站的处理器可以从计算机可读存储介质读取该计算机执行指令；处理器执行该计算机执行指令，使得基站执行本申请实施例提供的上述方法中由基站执行的步骤，或者使得基站部署与该步骤对应的功能单元。
第十七方面，本申请还提供了一种芯片***，该芯片***包括处理器，用于支持终端实现上述各方面中所涉及的功能，例如，生成、接收或处理上述方法中所涉及的数据和/或信息。在一种可能的设计中，所述芯片***还包括存储器，所述存储器，用于保存终端必要的程序指令和数据。该芯片***，可以由芯片构成，也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。
第十八方面，本申请还提供了一种芯片***，该芯片***包括处理器，用于支持基站实现上述各方面中所涉及的功能，例如，生成、接收或处理上述方法中所涉及的数据和/或信息。在一种可能的设计中，所述芯片***还包括存储器，所述存储器，用于保存基站必要的程序指令和数据。该芯片***，可以由芯片构成，也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。
在上面任一方面中，在第一基站向终端发送测量配置(例如上述第一配置、第二配置、；第三配置)时，携带上述波束参数的组标识，使终端在上报测量结果时，可以上报组标识及与该组标识对应的质量和/或功率。该组标识对应的质量和/或功率是基于该组内的至少一个波束参数所对应的质量和/或功率获得的，例如可以是组内的至少一个波束参数所对应的质量和/或功率的平均值。
在上面任一方面中，在第一基站向终端发送测量配置(例如上述第一配置、第二配置、；第三配置)时，可携带gap(测量间隔)，用于指示终端测量的时机。
本申请还提供另外十个方面，包括波束管理方法及终端设备、网络设备，用以管理网络设备向终端设备发送的波束。
第一方面，本申请提供一种波束管理方法，包括：
终端设备对网络设备的波束进行测量；
所述终端设备通过物理层控制信令或媒体访问控制MAC层控制信令向所述网络设备发送第一波束的标识，所述第一波束为发生波束失败的波束或满足第一条件的波束。
本申请中，终端设备对网络设备的波束进行测量，例如周期性测量，或根据网络设备的指示进行测量，进一步地，终端设备向网络设备发送第一波束的标识，其中，第一波束为发生波束失败的波束或满足第一条件的波束，可选地，发生波束失败的波束可以是参考信号接受强度或参考信号接受质量低于第一阈值的波束，也可以将发生波束失败的波束理解为参考信号接受强度较弱或参考信号接受质量较差的波束，可选地，满足第一条件的波束可以是参考信号接受强度或参考信号接受质量高于第二阈值的波束，也可以将满足第一条件的波束理解为参考信号接受强度较强或参考信号接受质量较好的波束，在一种可能的设计中，所述第一波束的标识通过物理层控制信令发送至网络设备，在另一种可能的设计中，所述第一波束的标识通过MAC层控制信令发送至网络设备，例如MAC层为无线接入控制控制单元(英文：Medium access control Control Elements，简称：MAC CE)。由于终端设备可在对波束测量之后，将第一波束的标识发送至网络设备，因而使得网络设备可对波束进行进一步管理，例如重新调整为终端设备提供服务的波束等，并且，第一波束的标识是通过物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令发送至网络设备的，因而可保证快速及时地向网络设备上报质量较差或质量较好的波束，便于波束管理。
可选地，终端设备在满足一定条件时，才向网络设备发送第一波束的标识，比如，可以是当终端设备对波束测量后，确定波束失败时，则终端设备通过物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令向所述网络设备发送第一波束的标识；再比如，设定第一定时器，当第一定时器超时，则终端设备通过物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令向所述网络设备发送第一波束的标识，可选地，所述第一定时器在超时后可重启并重新计时；再比如，设定第二定时器，当第二定时器超时，且未收到针对第二波束的标识的响应时，则终端设备通过物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令向所述网络设备发送第一波束的标识，其中，第二波束为发生波束失败的波束或满足上述第一条件的波束，其中，第一波束与第二波束可以相同，也可以不同，具体来说，终端设备向网络设备发送第二波束的标识，当在第二定时器超时之前，终端设备一直未收到针对第二波束的标识的响应，则终端设备可重新上报第二波束(这里，第二波束与第一波束相同)，或者是终端设备重新进行波束测量，并将测量得到的第一波束上报至网络设备。
可选地，若终端设备当前没有可用的上行资源，则终端设备向网络设备发送第一请求，所述第一请求用于请求上行资源，进一步地，终端设备从网络设备接收用于指示上行资源的第二指示信息，可选地，所述上行资源用于传输上述物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令，所述物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令包含所述第一波束。在一种可能的设计中，所述第一请求为随机接入的前导序列，且通过物理随机接入信道发送至所述网络设备；在另一种可能的设计中，所述第一请求为上行控制信令，且通过物理上行控制信道发送至所述网络设备。
可选地，终端设备中的数据(包括控制面数据和用户面数据)具有发送优先级，终端 设备根据上行资源和预设的发送优先级，进行资源分配，并按照发送优先级高低顺序，优先分配资源给发送优先级高的数据。可选地，所述预设发送优先级可以是协议预先规定的，或由网络设备预先配置的，在一种可能的实现方式中，终端设备的MAC层按照发送优先级高低顺序，优先分配资源给发送优先级高的数据，可选地，MAC层控制信令的发送优先级大于缓冲区状态报告(英文：buffer status report，简称：BSR)的发送优先级，可选地，MAC层控制信令的发送优先级小于终端设备的标识的控制信令的发送优先级。
可选地，终端设备若无法收到服务于终端设备的波束的标识，则向网络设备发送连接重建立请求，其中，终端设备在以下情形下，可认为无法收到服务于终端设备的波束的标识，例如，当终端设备向网络设备发送第一波束的标识时，终端设备未收到针对所述第一波束的标识的响应消息，并且终端设备确定当前波束均不可用，则终端设备确定无线链路失败，从而向网络设备发送连接重建立请求，可选地，所述连接重建立请求可以是无线资源控制(英文：Radio Resource Control，简称：RRC)连接重建立请求；再比如，当终端设备向网络设备发送第一请求，所述第一请求用于请求上行资源，所述终端设备在设定时长内未接收到针对所述第一请求的响应消息，并且终端设备发送所述第一请求的次数超过预设次数，则终端设备确定无线链路失败，从而向网络设备发送连接重建立请求，可选地，所述连接重建立请求可以是RRC连接重建立请求。RRC连接重建立请求用于重建立RRC连接。
可选地，所述终端设备还接收网络设备发送的第一配置，所述第一配置包括窗口周期和窗口时长；所述终端设备对网络设备的波束进行测量，包括：所述终端设备根据所述窗口周期和窗口时长，对所述网络设备的波束进行测量。通过该测量方法，可避免终端设备不断的进行波束测量，因而可减少终端设备的功耗，也可省电。
第二方面，本申请实施例提供一种终端设备，可以执行实现上述第一方面提供的任意一种方法。
在一种可能的设计中，该终端设备具有实现上述第一方面任一方法中终端设备行为的功能，所述功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多于一个与上述功能相对应的模块。可选的，该终端设备可以是用户设备，所述终端设备可用于对网络设备的波束进行测量，例如周期性测量，或根据网络设备的指示进行测量，进一步地，终端设备向网络设备发送第一波束的标识，其中，第一波束为发生波束失败的波束或满足第一条件的波束，可选地，发生波束失败的波束可以是参考信号接受强度或参考信号接受质量低于第一阈值的波束，也可以将发生波束失败的波束理解为参考信号接受强度较弱或参考信号接受质量较差的波束，可选地，满足第一条件的波束可以是参考信号接受强度或参考信号接受质量高于第二阈值的波束，也可以将满足第一条件的波束理解为参考信号接受强度较强或参考信号接受质量较好的波束，在一种可能的设计中，所述第一波束的标识通过物理层控制信令发送至网络设备，在另一种可能的设计中，所述第一波束的标识通过MAC层控制信令发送至网络设备，例如MAC层为MAC CE。由于终端设备可在对波束测量之后，将第一波束的标识发送至网络设备，因而使得网络设备可对波束进行进一步管理，例如重新调整为终端设备提供服务的波束等，并且，第一波束的标识是通过物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令发送至网络设备的，因而可保证快速及时地向网络设备上报第一波束的标识。
在一种可能的设计中，终端设备的结构中包括处理器和收发器，所述处理器被配置为 支持终端设备执行上述第一方面任一方法中相应的功能，例如生成、接收或处理上述方法中所涉及的数据和/或信息。所述收发器用于支持终端设备与其它实体之间的通信，向其它实体发送或从其它实体接收上述第一方面任一方法中所涉及的信息或者指令。终端设备中还可以包括存储器，所述存储器用于与处理器耦合，其保存终端设备必要的程序指令和数据。
第三方面，本申请提供一种波束管理方法，包括：
网络设备接收终端设备发送的物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令，所述物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令包含第一波束的标识，所述第一波束为发生波束失败的波束或满足第一条件的波束；
所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送针对所述第一波束的标识的响应消息，所述响应消息用于指示服务所述终端设备的波束的标识。
本申请，终端设备对网络设备的波束进行测量，例如周期性测量，或根据网络设备的指示进行测量，进一步地，终端设备向网络设备发送第一波束的标识，其中，第一波束为发生波束失败的波束或满足第一条件的波束，可选地，发生波束失败的波束可以是参考信号接受强度或参考信号接受质量低于第一阈值的波束，也可以将发生波束失败的波束理解为参考信号接受强度较弱或参考信号接受质量较差的波束，可选地，满足第一条件的波束可以是参考信号接受强度或参考信号接受质量高于第二阈值的波束，也可以将满足第一条件的波束理解为参考信号接受强度较强或参考信号接受质量较好的波束，在一种可能的设计中，所述第一波束的标识通过物理层控制信令发送至网络设备，在另一种可能的设计中，所述第一波束的标识通过MAC层控制信令发送至网络设备，例如MAC层为MAC CE。终端设备可在对波束测量之后，将第一波束的标识通过物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令发送至网络设备，网络设备在接收到物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令后，从中解出第一波束的标识，进一步地，根据第一波束的标识，为终端设备重新配置服务于所述终端设备的波束，并向终端设备发送响应消息，所述响应消息用于指示服务所述终端设备的波束的标识。
可选地，终端设备在满足一定条件时，才向网络设备发送第一波束的标识，比如，可以是当终端设备对波束测量后，确定波束失败时，则终端设备通过物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令向所述网络设备发送第一波束的标识，即所述物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令由所述终端设备在确定发生波束失败时发送至所述网络设备；再比如，设定第一定时器，当第一定时器超时，则终端设备通过物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令向所述网络设备发送第一波束的标识，可选地，所述第一定时器在超时后可重启并重新计时，即所述物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令由所述终端设备在确定第一定时器超时时发送至所述网络设备；再比如，设定第二定时器，当第二定时器超时，且未收到针对第二波束的标识的响应时，则终端设备通过物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令向所述网络设备发送第一波束的标识，其中，第二波束为发生波束失败的波束或满足上述第一条件的波束，其中，第一波束与第二波束可以相同，也可以不同，具体来说，终端设备向网络设备发送第二波束的标识，当在第二定时器超时之前，终端设备一直未收到针对第二波束的标识的响应，则终端设备可重新上报第二波束(这里，第二波束与第一波束相同)，或者是终端设备重新进行波束测量，并将测量得到的第一波束上报至网络设备，即所述物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令由所述终端设备在确定第二定时器超时且未收到针对第二波束的标识的 响应时发送至所述网络设备。
可选地，若终端设备当前没有可用的上行资源，则终端设备向网络设备发送第一请求，所述网络设备接收所述终端设备发送的第一请求，所述第一请求用于请求上行资源，进一步地，所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送用于指示上行资源的第二指示信息，终端设备从网络设备接收用于指示上行资源的第二指示信息，可选地，所述上行资源用于传输上述物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令，所述物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令包含所述第一波束。在一种可能的设计中，所述第一请求为随机接入的前导序列，且通过物理随机接入信道发送至所述网络设备；在另一种可能的设计中，所述第一请求为上行控制信令，且通过物理上行控制信道发送至所述网络设备。
可选地，终端设备中的数据(包括控制面数据和用户面数据)具有发送优先级，终端设备根据上行资源和预设的发送优先级，进行资源分配，并按照发送优先级高低顺序，优先分配资源给发送优先级高的数据。可选地，所述预设发送优先级可以是协议预先规定的，或由网络设备预先配置的，在一种可能的实现方式中，终端设备的MAC层按照发送优先级高低顺序，优先分配资源给发送优先级高的数据，可选地，MAC层控制信令的发送优先级大于缓冲区状态报告(英文：buffer status report，简称：BSR)的发送优先级，可选地，MAC层控制信令的发送优先级小于终端设备的标识的控制信令的发送优先级。
可选地，终端设备若无法收到服务于终端设备的波束的标识，则向网络设备发送连接重建立请求，所述网络设备接收所述终端设备发送的连接重建立请求，其中，终端设备在以下情形下，可认为无法收到服务于终端设备的波束的标识，例如，当终端设备向网络设备发送第一波束的标识时，终端设备未收到针对所述第一波束的标识的响应消息，并且终端设备确定当前波束均不可用，则终端设备确定无线链路失败，从而向网络设备发送连接重建立请求，可选地，所述连接重建立请求可以是无线资源控制(英文：Radio Resource Control，简称：RRC)连接重建立请求；再比如，当终端设备向网络设备发送第一请求，所述第一请求用于请求上行资源，所述终端设备在设定时长内未接收到针对所述第一请求的响应消息，并且终端设备发送所述第一请求的次数超过预设次数，则终端设备确定无线链路失败，从而向网络设备发送连接重建立请求，可选地，所述连接重建立请求可以是RRC连接重建立请求。
可选地，所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第一配置，所述终端设备接收网络设备发送的第一配置，所述第一配置包括窗口周期和窗口时长；所述终端设备对网络设备的波束进行测量，包括：所述终端设备根据所述窗口周期和窗口时长，对所述网络设备的波束进行测量。通过该测量方法，可避免终端设备不断的进行波束测量，因而可减少终端设备的功耗，也可省电。
第四方面，本申请实施例提供一种网络设备，可以执行实现上述第三方面提供的任意一种方法。
在一种可能的设计中，该网络设备具有实现上述第三方面任一方法中网络设备行为的功能，所述功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多于一个与上述功能相对应的模块。可选的，该网络设备可以是基站，传输点等，所述网络设备可用于在接收到物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令后，从中解出第一波束的标识，进一步地，根据第一波束的标识，为终端设备重新配置服务于所述终端设备的波束，并向终端设备发送响应消息，所述响应消息用于指示服务所述终端设备的波束 的标识。
在一种可能的设计中，网络设备的结构中包括处理器和收发器，所述处理器被配置为支持网络设备执行上述第三方面任一方法中相应的功能，例如生成、接收或处理上述方法中所涉及的数据和/或信息。所述收发器用于支持网络设备与其它实体之间的通信，向其它实体发送或从其它实体接收上述第三方面任一方法中所涉及的信息或者指令。网络设备中还可以包括存储器，所述存储器用于与处理器耦合，其保存网络设备必要的程序指令和数据。
第五方面，本申请实施例提供了一种计算机存储介质，用于储存为上述第二方面提供的终端设备所使用的计算机软件指令，其包含用于执行上述第一方面所设计的程序。
第六方面，本申请实施例提供了一种计算机存储介质，用于储存为上述第四方面提供的网络设备所用的计算机软件指令，其包含用于执行上述第三方面所设计的程序。
第七方面，本申请还提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述第一方面所述的方法，该计算机程序产品包括计算机执行指令，该计算机执行指令存储在计算机可读存储介质中。终端设备的处理器可以从计算机可读存储介质读取该计算机执行指令；处理器执行该计算机执行指令，使得终端设备执行本申请实施例提供的上述方法中由终端设备执行的步骤，或者使得终端设备部署与该步骤对应的功能单元。
第八方面，本申请还提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述第三方面所述的方法，该计算机程序产品包括计算机执行指令，该计算机执行指令存储在计算机可读存储介质中。网络设备的处理器可以从计算机可读存储介质读取该计算机执行指令；处理器执行该计算机执行指令，使得网络设备执行本申请实施例提供的上述方法中由网络设备执行的步骤，或者使得网络设备部署与该步骤对应的功能单元。
第九方面，本申请还提供了一种芯片***，该芯片***包括处理器，用于支持终端设备实现上述各方面中所涉及的功能，例如，生成、接收或处理上述方法中所涉及的数据和/或信息。在一种可能的设计中，所述芯片***还包括存储器，所述存储器，用于保存终端设备必要的程序指令和数据。该芯片***，可以由芯片构成，也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。
第十方面，本申请还提供了一种芯片***，该芯片***包括处理器，用于支持网络设备实现上述各方面中所涉及的功能，例如，生成、接收或处理上述方法中所涉及的数据和/或信息。在一种可能的设计中，所述芯片***还包括存储器，所述存储器，用于保存网络设备必要的程序指令和数据。该芯片***，可以由芯片构成，也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。
本申请还提供的波束管理方法及终端设备、网络设备的十个方面的内容，可与上述提供的通信方法及终端、基站的十八个方面的内容进行结合，例如，当波束管理方法及终端设备、网络设备的十个方面中，终端设备确定需要做小区测量及切换时，可根据上述提供的通信方法及终端、基站的十八个方面的内容做小区切换。
附图说明
图1为本申请提供的应用场景示意图；
图2为本申请提供的通信方法流程图；
图3为本申请提供的测量方法示意图；
图4为本申请提供的测量方法示意图；
图4(a)为本申请提供的测量方法流程图；
图4(b)为本申请提供的切换方法流程图；
图4(c)为本申请提供的切换方法流程图；
图5为本申请提供的基站示意图；
图6(a)为本申请提供的终端示意图；
图6(b)为本申请提供的终端示意图；
图7为本申请提供的装置示意图；
图8为本申请提供的终端示意图；
图9为本申请提供的基站示意图；
图10为基于组(group)的波束(beam)管理的方法；
图11为测量GAP的方法；
图12为本申请提供的应用场景示意图；
图13为本申请提供的波束管理方法流程图；
图14为本申请提供的MAC PDU示意图；
图15为本申请提供的波束测量窗口周期和窗口时长示意图；
图16为本申请提供的波束测量时长示意图；
图17为本申请提供的网络设备；
图18(a)为本申请提供的终端设备；
图18(b)为本申请提供的终端设备；
图19为本申请提供的装置；
图20为本申请提供的终端设备；
图21为本申请提供的网络设备。
具体实施方式
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图，对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述。
本申请实施例描述的网络架构以及业务场景是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案，并不构成对本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定，本领域普通技术人员可知，随着网络架构的演变和新业务场景的出现，本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题，同样适用。
本申请可以应用于现有的蜂窝通信***，如全球移动通讯(英文：Global System for Mobile Communication，简称：GSM)，宽带码分多址(英文：Wideband Code Division Multiple Access，简称：WCDMA)，长期演进(英文：Long Term Evolution，简称：LTE)等***中，适用于第五代移动通信***(英文：5rd-Generation，简称：5G)***，如采用新无线(英文：New Radio，简称：NR)的接入网，云无线接入网(英文：Cloud Radio Access Network，简称：CRAN)等通信***，也可以扩展到类似的无线通信***中，如无线保真(英文：WIreless-Fidelity，简称：wifi)、全球微波互联接入(英文：Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access，简称：WiMAX)，以及第三代合作伙伴计划(英文：3rd Generation Partnership Project，简称：3GPP)其它相关的蜂窝***， 同时也适用于其他采用正交频分复用(英文：Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing，简称：OFDM)接入技术的无线通信***，以及还适用于未来的无线通信***。
在本申请中，波束的标识可以采用以下几种方式来表述：
1、逻辑编号。一个逻辑编号可能对应着动态变化的发送和接收波束对。它可以是一种缩减的CSI-RS资源编号/天线端口编号的映射。也就是说，基站可能总共使用了很多个CSI-RS资源/天线端口，但是对于某一个UE来说，它测量和使用的CSI-RS资源/天线端口只是一个子集，所以可以采用比直接指示CSI-RS资源/天线端口较为缩减的方式来指示对于该UE之前使用过的CSI-RS，进而指示UE的接收波束。
2、BPL编号。指一个用来表示发送和接收波束对的指示。
3、CSI-RS资源编号/天线端口编号。指通过指示之前使用/测量过的CSI-RS资源编号/天线端口编号来告知UE应该使用什么接收波束进行接收。
4、SS block time index。SS指同步信号(synchronization signal)。即UE接收到SS block的时间编号。可以用来告知UE使用什么接收波束进行接收。
本申请描述的网络架构以及业务场景是为了更加清楚的说明本申请的技术方案，并不构成对于本申请提供的技术方案的限定，本领域普通技术人员可知，随着网络架构的演变和新业务场景的出现，本申请提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题，同样适用。
如图1所示，是本申请的一种可能的应用场景示意图，包括至少一个终端10，通过无线接口与无线接入网(英文：Radio access network，简称：RAN)进行通信，所述RAN包括至少一个基站20，图中只示出一个基站和一个终端。终端10还可以与另一终端10进行通信，如设备对设备(英文：Device to Device，简称：D2D)或机器对机器(英文：Machine to Machine，简称：M2M)场景下的通信。基站20可以与终端10通信，也可以与另一基站20进行通信，如宏基站和接入点之间的通信。所述RAN与核心网络(英文：core network，简称：CN)相连。可选地，所述CN可以耦合到一个或者更多的数据网络(英文：Data Network，简称：DN)，例如英特网，公共交换电话网(英文：public switched telephone network，简称：PSTN)等。
本申请中，名词“网络”和“***”经常交替使用，但本领域的技术人员可以理解其含义。
为便于理解下面对本申请中涉及到的一些名词做些说明。
1)、终端(Terminal)，又称之为用户设备(英文：User Equipment，简称：UE)，或称为终端设备(Terminal Equipment)，或称为是一种向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备，例如，具有无线连接功能或无线通信功能的手持式设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、计算设备、控制设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备，以及各种形式的移动台(英文：Mobile station，简称：MS)等。常见的终端包括：手机(phone)、平板电脑(pad)、笔记本电脑(notebook)、掌上电脑、移动互联网设备(英文：mobile internet device，简称：MID)、可穿戴设备如智能手表、智能手环、计步器等。为方便描述，本申请中，上面提到的设备统称为终端。
2)、基站，是一种将终端接入到无线网络的设备，包括但不限于：演进型节点B(英文：evolved Node B，简称：eNB)、无线网络控制器(英文：radio network controller， 简称：RNC)、节点B(英文：Node B，简称：NB)、基站控制器(英文：Base Station Controller，简称：BSC)、基站收发台(英文：Base Transceiver Station，简称：BTS)、家庭基站(例如，Home evolved NodeB，或Home Node B，简称：HNB)、基带单元(英文：BaseBand Unit，简称：BBU)、基站(英文：g NodeB，简称：gNB)、传输点(英文：Transmitting and receiving point，简称：TRP)、发射点(英文：Transmitting point，简称：TP)、移动交换中心等，此外，还可以包括Wifi接入点(英文：Access Point，简称：AP)等。其中通过无线信道与终端进行直接通信的装置通常是基站，所述基站可以包括各种形式的宏基站、微基站、中继站、接入点或射频拉远单元(英文：Remote Radio Unit，简称：RRU)等，当然，与终端进行无线通信的也可以是其他具有无线通信功能的基站，本申请对此不做唯一限定。在不同***中，具备基站功能的设备的名称可能会有所不同，例如在LTE网络中，称为演进的节点B(evolved NodeB，eNB或eNodeB)，在第三代(the 3rd Generation，3G)网络中，称为节点B(Node B)等。
本申请中术语“和/或”，仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B这三种情况。另外，本文中字符“/”，一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。
下面对本申请实施例中所涉及到的一些通用概念或者定义做出解释，需要说明的是，本文中的一些英文简称为以LTE***为例对本申请实施例进行的描述，其可能随着网络的演进发生变化，具体演进可以参考相应标准中的描述。
在本申请中，MR是指measurement report,即测量报告，HO是指handover,即切换。UL beam是指上行波束，DL beam是指下行波束，RRM是指无线资源测量(radio resource measurement)。
本申请中，波束(beam)可以理解为空间资源，可以指具有能量传输指向性的发送或接收预编码向量。并且，该发送或接收预编码向量能够通过索引信息进行标识。其中，所述能量传输指向性可以指通过该预编码向量对所需发送的信号进行预编码处理，经过该预编码处理的信号具有一定的空间指向性，接收经过该预编码向量进行预编码处理后的信号具有较好的接收功率，如满足接收解调信噪比等；所述能量传输指向性也可以指通过该预编码向量接收来自不同空间位置发送的相同信号具有不同的接收功率。可选地，同一通信设备(比如终端或基站)可以有不同的预编码向量，不同的通信设备也可以有不同的预编码向量，即对应不同的波束。波束可以有多种称谓，例如波束可以称为空间资源，空间权值，空间方向，空间方位等，随着技术的发展，波束可能在不同时期，不同场景中有不同称为，本申请对此不作限制。
针对通信设备的配置或者能力，一个通信设备在同一时刻可以使用多个不同的预编码向量中的一个或者多个，即同时可以形成一个波束或者多个波束。波束信息可以通过索引信息进行标识，可选地，所述索引信息可以对应配置终端的资源标识(英文：identity，简称：ID)，比如，所述索引信息可以对应配置的信道状态信息参考信号(英文：Channel status information Reference Signal，简称：CSI-RS)的ID或者index或资源，也可以是对应配置的上行探测参考信号(英文：Sounding Reference Signal，简称：SRS)的ID或者资源。或者，可选地，所述索引信息也可以是通过波束承载的信号或信道显示或隐式承载的索引信息，比如，所述索引信息包括但是不限于通过波束发送的同步信号或者广播信道指示该波束的索引信息。高频小区，例如可以理解为工作频 段是大于或等于6GHz以上的频段的小区。数据通过高频进行传输的时候，一般传输的路损较大，为了保证业务的有效传输，高频小区会引入波束赋形(beamforming)技术，该技术通过把信号的能量集中于某一个需要的方向或beam，形成对准终端的波束，将发射能量对准终端，从而提高终端的解调信噪比，改善小区边缘用户体验。高频数据传输可采用波束对(beam pair)，发送方对准一个方向或beam进行数据发送，接收方也需要对准相应的方向或beam接收数据。终端和基站可能在同一时间单元中，可以通过使用至少一个beam pair中的Tx beam进行数据传输。其中，beam pair，包含一个发送波束(Tx beam)和一个接收波束(Rx beam)，例如可以是基站(例如gNB)为Tx beam，终端(例如UE)为Rx beam，或者是，终端(例如UE)为Tx beam，基站(例如gNB)为Rx beam。
由于终端的移动等原因，导致终端需要从服务小区切换至邻基站的小区，此时，在做小区切换的同时，也需要保证基站与小区之间的正常通信，本申请给出一种实现终端与基站进行小区切换时的通信方法，下面将结合附图，对本申请实施例所提供的方案进行更为详细的描述。
参考图2，为本申请提供的通信方法流程图，包括以下步骤：
步骤201、终端从第一基站接收第一小区的小区标识、所述第一小区的至少一个波束参数，以及与所述至少一个波束参数关联的资源；所述第一小区属于第二基站。
步骤202、所述终端在目标波束参数对应的资源上发送信息；所述目标波束参数属于所述至少一个波束参数。
步骤203、所述终端通过所述目标波束参数关联的接收波束接收针对所述信息的响应。
上述步骤201中，当终端需要从第一基站(可理解为终端的服务基站)的服务小区切换至第二基站(第二基站为第一基站的邻基站)的第一小区时，终端从第一基站接收第一小区的小区标识、第一小区的至少一个波束参数、以及与所述至少一个波束参数关联的资源。可选地，所述波束参数可以是CSI-RS的标识，也可以是SS block的标识，其中，CSI-RS的标识也可以理解为CSI-RS配置的标识或索引，即，在同一套CSI-RS配置的资源上发送的CSI-RS具有相同的CSI-RS的标识，该标识为CSI-RS配置的标识，例如，发送周期为2ms，则每隔2ms发送的CSI-RS具有相同的CSI-RS的标识或索引，该标识或索引即为发送的CSI-RS所属的CSI-RS配置的标识或索引。在本申请中，标识也可以理解为索引，或编号。
其中，资源可以是随机接入资源，也可以是上行资源。
上述步骤202中，终端在目标波束参数对应的资源上发送信息。
其中，所述目标波束参数属于所述第一小区的至少一个波束参数。
可选地，当与所述至少一个波束参数关联的资源为随机接入资源时，终端在目标波束参数对应的资源上发送信息为前导序列，可选地，所述随机接入资源包括时频资源和前导序列的索引号。
可选地，当与所述至少一个波束参数关联的资源为上行资源时，终端在目标波束参数对应的资源上发送信息为上行数据，可选地，所述上行数据包括RRC连接重配置完成消息。
上述步骤203中，终端通过目标波束参数关联的接收波束接收针对所述信息的响 应。
可选地，当资源是随机接入资源，且信息为前导序列时，所述响应包括上行时间提前量，此时，可参考图4(b)的切换流程。
当资源是上行资源，且信息为上行数据时，所述响应为HARQ反馈，此时，可参考图4(c)的切换流程。
本申请，在通过上述步骤201～步骤203的小区切换操作之前，终端还需要对小区进行测量，包括对服务基站(即第一基站)和服务基站的邻基站(例如，第二基站)进行测量，通过终端的测量，可使第一基站选择待切换的小区以及使得待切换的小区所属的基站(本申请为第二基站)选择与终端进行通信的波束参数及与选择的波束参数关联的资源。
下面介绍几种终端的测量方法。
方法一、基于CSI-RS测量
步骤1、终端接收第一基站发送的第一配置。
所述第一配置包括第二基站的至少一个CSI-RS的资源位置和标识。
可选地，第一配置携带待测小区列表，以及每个小区下的CSI-RS的资源位置和标识。其中，小区列表包含所述第二基站的小区的标识。
可选地，每个CSI-RS的标识与一个SS block关联，换句话说，一个小区下有至少一个SS block，每个SS block与至少一个CSI-RS关联。
步骤2、终端测量所述至少一个CSI-RS。
可选地，终端对所述至少一个CSI-RS测量，得到每个CSI-RS的质量、和/或功率。
步骤3、终端向所述第一基站发送所述至少一个CSI-RS中部分或者全部CSI-RS的标识。
可选地，终端向第一基站发送的CSI-RS的标识为满足一定条件的CSI-RS的标识，例如可以是测量的CSI-RS的接收强度或接收质量大于阈值的CSI-RS的标识，或者是CSI-RS的接收强度或接收质量较好的N个波束，其中N大于等于1。
步骤4、第一基站至少根据接收到的CSI-RS的标识，选择至少一个波束参数。
可选地，第一基站根据接收到的CSI-RS的标识、质量、和/或功率中的至少一项选择至少一个波束参数，其中，波束参数即为CSI-RS的标识。
可选地，第一基站选择的CSI-RS的标识包括第一基站向终端发送的第一小区的至少一个波束参数。
即，通过上述方法一，终端对各小区的CSI-RS进行测量，并上报测量的全部或部分的CSI-RS的标识，以及还可以上报所述全部或部分的CSI-RS的质量、和/或功率，第一基站根据接收到的CSI-RS的标识、和/或质量、和/或功率，选择部分CSI-RS的标识，从而将选择的CSI-RS的标识发送至第二基站，第二基站可根据接收到的CSI-RS的标识，确定与终端进行通信的CSI-RS，进一步地，第二基站向第一基站发送第一小区的小区标识、所述第一小区的至少一个波束参数，以及与所述至少一个波束参数关联的资源，其中，所述第一小区的至少一个波束参数即为第二基站从第一基站接收到的CSI-RS的标识中的部分或全部CSI-RS的标识。
对于该方法一，站在第一基站的角度，则第一基站侧需要执行的工作包括：
步骤1、第一基站从终端接收所述至少一个CSI-RS中部分或者全部CSI-RS的标 识；
步骤2、第一基站向所述第二基站发送所述至少一个CSI-RS中部分或者全部CSI-RS的标识；
步骤3、第一基站从所述第二基站接收第一小区的小区标识、所述第一小区的至少一个波束参数，以及与所述至少一个波束参数关联的资源；所述第一小区属于所述第二基站；
步骤4、第一基站向所述终端发送第一小区的小区标识、所述第一小区的至少一个波束参数，以及与所述至少一个波束参数关联的资源；所述第一小区的至少一个波束参数属于所述至少一个CSI-RS中部分或者全部CSI-RS的标识，所述波束参数为CSI-RS的标识。
可选地，还包括：所述第一基站接收第二基站的至少一个CSI-RS的资源位置和标识；所述第一基站向所述终端发送第一配置，所述第一配置包括所述第二基站的至少一个CSI-RS的资源位置和标识。
可选地，还包括：所述第一基站向所述终端发送测量频点；所述第一基站从所述终端接收与所述测量频点关联的至少一个小区中部分或者全部小区的标识，以及所述部分或者全部小区的质量或者功率，以及所述部分或者全部小区的至少一个SS block的标识；所述第一基站向所述第二基站发送所述部分或者全部小区中与所述第二基站关联的小区的标识，以及与所述第二基站关联的小区的至少一个SS block的标识；所述至少一个SS block中的部分或者全部SS block与所述第二基站的至少一个CSI-RS有关联。
方法二、先基于SS-block测量，然后基于CSI-RS测量
该方法二先基于SS-bloc测量，具体包括以下步骤：
步骤1、终端接收第一基站发送的第二配置。
其中，所述第二配置包括测量频点。
可选地，所述测量频点为第一基站下的频点信息和第一基站的邻基站(例如，第二基站)的频点信息。
步骤2、终端对在所述频点上的至少一个同步信号进行测量。
其中，所述至少一个同步信号属于至少一个小区，所述至少一个小区包括第一基站的第一小区。
步骤3、终端向第一基站发送至少一个小区中部分或者全部小区的标识，以及所述部分或者全部小区的质量或者功率，以及所述部分或者全部小区的至少一个SS block的标识。
可选地，所述终端还向所述第一基站发送所述部分或者全部小区的至少一个SS block关联的同步信号的质量和/或功率。可选地，所述至少一个SS block关联的同步信号的质量或者功率满足第一条件。其中，第一条件可以是大于阈值，即终端向第一基站上报的同步信号的质量大于阈值，和/或终端向第一基站上报的同步信号的功率大于阈值。
通过上述步骤，第一基站可选择部分SS block的标识，并将其中属于第二基站的SS block的标识发送至第二基站，第二基站确定接收到的SS block的标识关联的CSI-RS，并将确定的CSI-RS的资源位置和标识发送至第一基站，第一基站进一步地 根据上述方法一，将从第二基站接收到的CSI-RS的资源位置和标识携带于第一配置中发送至终端，终端对第一配置中的CSI-RS进行测量，并根据测量结果，上报部分或全部CSI-RS的标识。
该方法二，终端先基于SS-block对同步信号进行测量并上报部分SS-block，第一基站根据接收到的SS-block，选择小区(例如选择第二基站的第一小区)，并将接收到的属于该小区的SS-block发送至第二基站，第二基站根据接收到的SS-block，确定接收到的SS-block所关联的CSI-RS，并进一步将这些CSI-RS通过第一基站发送至终端，终端对接收到的CSI-RS进行进一步测量。
方法三、基于SS-block测量
步骤1、终端接收第一基站发送的第三配置。
其中，所述第三配置包括测量频点。
步骤2、终端对在所述频点上的至少一个同步信号进行测量。
其中，所述至少一个同步信号属于至少一个小区，所述至少一个小区包括所述第一小区。
步骤3、终端向所述第一基站发送至少一个小区中部分或者全部小区的标识，以及所述部分或者全部小区的信号或者功率，以及所述部分或者全部小区的至少一个SS block的标识。
可选地，所述终端还向所述第一基站发送所述部分或者全部小区的至少一个SS block的质量、和/或功率，第一基站根据所述部分或者全部小区的至少一个SS block的标识、质量、和/或功率中的至少一项选择至少一个SS block。
可选地，所述部分或者全部小区的至少一个SS block关联的同步信号的质量或者功率满足第一条件。
基于方法三，终端可测量兵上报至少一个SS-block，第一基站将接收到的SS-block的标识发送至第二基站，第二基站则可以基于接收到的SS-block的标识，向第一基站发送第一小区的标识、第二小区的至少一个波束参数(该波束参数即为第二基站接收到的SS-block的标识中的部分或全部)，及所述至少一个波束参数关联的资源。
对于该方法三，站在第一基站的角度，则第一基站侧需要执行的工作包括：
步骤1、第一基站从终端接收至少一个小区中部分或者全部小区的标识及与所述部分或者全部小区的标识关联的SS block的标识；
步骤2、第一基站向所述第二基站发送所述部分或者全部小区中与所述第二基站关联的小区的标识，以及与所述第二基站关联的小区的至少一个SS block的标识；
步骤3、第一基站从所述第二基站接收第一小区的小区标识、所述第一小区的至少一个波束参数，以及与所述至少一个波束参数关联的资源；所述第一小区属于所述第二基站；
步骤4、第一基站向所述终端发送第一小区的小区标识、所述第一小区的至少一个波束参数，以及与所述至少一个波束参数关联的资源；所述第一小区的至少一个波束参数属于所述至少一个SS block的标识，所述波束参数为SS block的标识。
可选地，所述第一基站向所述终端发送测量频点；所述测量频点与所述至少一个小区有关联。
方法四、基于CSI-RS和SS-block同时测量
步骤1、所述终端从所述第一基站接收第一配置，所述第一配置包括所述第一小区的至少一个CSI-RS的资源位置和标识和所述第一小区的至少一个同步信号。
步骤2、终端测量所述第一小区的至少一个CSI-RS和所述第一小区的至少一个同步信号。
步骤3、终端向所述第一基站发送所述第一小区的第一质量、和/或第一功率，以及所述第一小区的第二质量、和/或第二功率。
所述第一质量、和/或第一功率是基于所述第一小区的至少一个CSI-RS中部分或者全部CSI-RS的质量、和/或功率获得的，所述第二质量、和/或第二功率是基于所述至少一个同步信号中的部分或者全部同步信号的质量、和/或功率获得的。
该方法四中，终端对SS-block和CSI-RS同时进行测量，并上报部分或全部的SS-block的标识，及部分或全部的CSI-RS的标识至第一基站，由第一基站将接收到的SS-block的标识和CSI-RS的标识发送至第二基站，由第二基站选择与终端进行通信的波束参数，该波束参数为CSI-RS或SS-block。
对于该方法四，站在第一基站的角度，则第一基站侧需要执行的工作包括：
步骤1、第一基站从第二基站接收至少一个小区的标识、与所述至少一个小区关联的CSI-RS的标识和资源位置；
步骤2、第一基站向终端发送所述至少一个小区的标识、与所述至少一个小区关联的CSI-RS的标识和资源位置；
所述第一基站从所述终端接收所述至少一个小区中部分或全部小区的标识、与所述部分或全部小区关联的SS block的标识、和/或CSI-RS的标识。
可选地，所述第一基站向所述第二基站发送所述至少一个小区中部分或全部小区的标识、与所述部分或全部小区关联的SS block的标识、和/或CSI-RS的标识；
所述第一基站从所述第二基站接收第一小区的标识、与所述第一小区关联的至少波束参数，所述至少一个波束参数属于所述关联的SS block的标识、和/或CSI-RS的标识，所述第一小区属于所述至少一个小区；
所述第一基站向所述终端发送所述第一小区的标识、与所述第一小区关联的至少波束参数，所述至少一个波束参数属于所述关联的SS block的标识、和/或CSI-RS的标识。
可选地，本申请，终端还可以对第一基站的服务小区进行测量，包括对服务小区的CSI-RS进行测量和对服务小区的同步信号进行测量。
可选地，终端对服务小区的CSI-RS进行测量，包括：
步骤1、第一基站向终端发送第二指示；
步骤2、终端从第一基站接收第二指示。
步骤3、终端测量服务小区的至少一个CSI-RS。
步骤4、响应于所述第二指示，终端向第一基站发送服务小区的第三质量、和/或第三功率。
其中，所述第三质量、和/或第三功率是基于所述服务小区的至少一个CSI-RS中部分或者全部CSI-RS的质量、和/或功率获得的。
步骤5、所述第一基站接收所述终端响应于所述第二指示发送的服务小区的第三质量、和/或第三功率。
可选地，终端对对服务小区的同步信号进行测量，包括：
步骤1、第一基站向终端发送第三指示；
步骤2、终端从所述第一基站接收第三指示；
步骤3、终端测量服务小区的至少一个同步信号；
步骤4、响应于所述第三指示，终端向第一基站发送服务小区的第四质量、和/或第四功率。
其中，所述第四质量、和/或第四功率是基于所述服务小区的至少一个同步信号中的部分或者全部同步信号的质量、和/或功率获得的。
步骤5、所述第一基站接收所述终端响应于所述第三指示发送的所述服务小区的第四质量、和/或第四功率。
下面针对上述测量过程做详细描述。
NR支持两种测量参考信号：NR-SS(即同步信号)和CSI-RS，NR-SS参考信号是小区级的，与UE无关，或者说对所有的UE是相同的，UE测量得出的测量结果相对较粗。CSI-RS是UE级的，针对某个UE来发送的，基站需要通过RRC专用信令给UE配置CSI-RS的资源配置，UE基于配置的CSI-RS资源来进行测量，UE测量CSI-RS得出的测量结果相对更精确，当然，CSI-RS也可以是小区级的，对所有的UE相同。
对于连接态的UE，gNB(本申请以第一基站为例)从邻基站(本申请以第二基站为例)请求获得终端对应于邻基站下的第一小区中的一个或多个SS block(或者称为beam)对应的CSI-RS配置，gNB将获取的各个SS block对应的CSI-RS配置发送给终端，使得终端进行邻区CSI-RS测量。
可选地，第一基站向第二基站发送的请求消息中携带第二基站中的邻区的小区标识，可选地，请求消息中携带邻区下的一个或多个SS block的标识(比如，SS block time index indication)，请求获取这些SS block对应的CSI-RS配置，或者这些信息是用于参考的，比如，第一基站也会携带终端的移动方向，速度等信息，第二基站综合考虑这些信息来决定测量的SS block对应的CSI-RS配置。
可选地，请求消息中也可以包括终端支持的测量带宽能力信息，使得第二基站发送的邻区的CSI-RS配置不超出终端的测量带宽能力范围。
可选地，CSI-RS配置对应一个CSI-RS配置标识或SS block的标识。CSI-RS配置可以是基于对应SS block资源位置的偏移，也可以是基于帧号、子帧号、符号等的配置。
终端测量各个CSI-RS配置对应的参考信号后，将得到的多个测量值合并生成一个小区的测量值，上报的测量报告里除了携带CSI-RS的小区测量值外，还携带CSI-RS配置对应的测量信息(比如检测到的CSI-RS配置标识，及该标识对应的CSI-RS资源的测量值，或CSI-RS资源标识的排序)。
考虑到CSI-RS可能是与UE ID相关的，因此第二基站还可能需要给当前UE分配一个UE ID发送给第一基站，从而使得终端能推导出CSI-RS的资源位置。
针对第一基站如何确定哪些SS block需要请求CSI-RS资源配置，下面进行说明。
一种可能的方法是，通过两级邻区测量，终端先测量邻区的同步信号，将检测到的满足一定条件的同步信号的测量值及同步信号关联的SS block发送给第一基站，第 一基站得到终端测量到的信号相对较好的SS block信息，第一基站向第二基站请求第二基站的小区下的UE上报的SS block对应的CSI-RS配置，同时，第二基站的小区在这些CSI-RS配置对应的资源上发送CSI-RS，因而，可能并不需要在所有的SS block上为该终端发送CSI-RS，可节省资源。具体地，可参考图3，为本申请提供的测量方法示意图，第一基站向终端发送第二配置，其中包含需要测量的SS-block，终端向第一基站发送第二测量结果，第一基站基于第二测量结果，选择测量结果较好的SS-block及测量结果较好的SS-block对应的小区，例如为第二基站下的小区，第一基站向第二基站发送请求消息，请求获取CSI-RS配置，其中请求获取的CSI-RS配置为第二测量结果中的SS-block中的部分或全部SS-block所对应的CSI-RS配置，第二基站向第一基站发送请求消息的响应，其中包括CSI-RS配置，第一基站将第二基站发送的CSI-RS配置发送至终端，终端对接收到的CSI-RS配置进一步测量，得到第一测量结果，并发送至第一基站，从而第一基站可确定质量较好较好的CSI-RS配置，或由第一基站将第一测量结果发送至第二基站，由第二基站确定质量较好较好的CSI-RS配置。
另一种可能的方法是，第一基站将邻区的所有SS block对应的CSI-RS配置发送至终端，使终端对接收到的CSI-RS进行测量，并上报测量结果。即，终端无需对SS block进行测量，具体参考图4，为本申请提供的测量方法示意图，第二基站与第一基站之间预先交互，从而第一基站获取到第二基站的所有SS block对应的CSI-RS配置，并将获取到的CSI-RS配置发送至终端，终端对接收到CSI-RS配置进行测量，得到第一测量结果后发送至第一基站，从而第一基站可基于第一测量结果选择质量较好的CSI-RS，或将第一测量结果发送至第二基站，由第二基站选择质量较好的CSI-RS
下面，对本申请提供的测量方法做详细说明。
1、终端设备接收第一基站发送的第一测量任务配置信息，所述第一测量任务配置信息用于配置终端设备对同步信号(比如PSS主同步信号和/或SSS辅同步信号)和/或第一CSI-RS进行测量。
第一测量任务配置信息包含测量对象，测量对象里携带待测小区列表，以及每个小区下的1个或多个SS block对应的CSI-RS信息；
第一测量任务配置信息包含测量事件配置，测量事件配置包含指示为NR-SS类型的第一门限，用于触发针对于第二基站的小区的同步信号的测量上报，或者配置事件配置包括指示为CSI-RS类型的第三门限，用于触发针对于第二基站的小区的第一CSI-RS的测量上报，或者一个测量事件配置里两者均包括，当满足两者中的任何一种类型的门限时，触发测量报告。
可选地，第一门限和第三门限可用于同一种测量事件，比如A1-A6，的判决条件，比如A3既可以配置NR-SS类型的门限，可以配置CSI-RS类型的门限。
在测量报告里上报(每个)服务小区的测量结果，测量事件配置还可以包括上报服务小区哪些类型参考信号的测量结果指示信息，比如是否上报xSS测量结果，是否上报CSI-RS测量结果，是否两者均上报。或者，不需要配置，而是在测量报告里，总是上报服务小区的NR-SS小区测量值和CSI-RS小区测量值；另外测量事件配置还可以包括是否上报服务小区的SS block测量值，如果指示上报，则上报对应于NR-SS的一个或多个SS block的测量值，也上报对应于一套或多套CSI-RS配置的测量值。
测量事件配置还可以包括上报邻区哪些类型参考信号的测量结果指示信息，比如 是否上报xSS测量结果，是否上报CSI-RS测量结果，是否两者均上报。或者，不需要配置，而是在测量报告里，总是上报邻区的NR-SS小区测量值和CSI-RS小区测量值。
可选地，测量对象还包括beam数量N值配置，用于从最多N个beam的测量值合并得出小区测量值，N是按频点配置的，即这个频点上的测量使用相同的值。其中，基于同步信号和CSI-RS测量，都可以使用相同的N值。除了针对连接态UE在测量对象里配置beam数量N值外，对于空闲态UE的测量，UE也需要使用N值，这个N值可以在***信息中广播，或者在进入空闲态时网络指示给UE，同上，N可以是按频点配置的，每个频点配置一个N值，基于同步信号和CSI-RS测量使用相同的N值，或者N值是协议规定的。
2、终端设备向第一基站发送第一测量结果，所述第一测量结果是基于同步信号和/或基于第一CSI-RS的RSRQ和/或RSRQ。
所述第一测量结果还可以包括小区标识；
可选地，所述第一测量结果还可以包括该小区标识的小区下的第一波束的标识信息，比如SS-Block或CSI-RS资源标识。
可选地，所述基于同步信号的RSRQ和/或RSRQ可以小区级的，和/或,beam级的。
可选地，所述基于第一CSI-RS的RSRQ和/或RSRQ可以小区级的，和/或,beam级的。
可选地，如果终端设备同时配置了基于CSI-RS测量和基于SS-block测量，那么只要基于同步信号和/或CSI-RS满足了对应的测量事件的判决条件，终端设备都需要上报基于CSI-RS和同步信号的RSRP和/或RSRQ。
3、可选地，第一基站向第二基站发送第一请求，所述第一请求用于请求第二基站为终端设备配置第二基站的第二CSI-RS测量。
可选地，所述第一请求中还包括所述第一测量结果。
4、可选地，第二基站根据所述第一请求，为终端设备配置第二CSI-RS。CSI-RS用于针对多天线的N个端口进行测量.
5、可选地，第一基站接收第二基站发送所述第一请求的响应消息，所述第一请求响应消息包括第二CSI-RS的配置信息，所述第二CSI-RS的配置信息用于终端设备针对第二CSI-RS进行测量(比如RRM测量)。
可选地，所述响应消息还包括第二基站的第二波束的标识消息，所述第二波束的标识信息用于终端设备针对所述第二波束进行第二CSI-RS测量。
6、可选地，第一基站向终端设备发送第二配置信息，所述第二配置信息包括所述第二CSI-RS的配置信息。
可选地，所述第二配置信息还包括第二基站的第二波束的标识消息。
7、可选地，终端设备接收第一基站发送的第二配置信息，并进行基于第二CSI-RS的测量。
可选地，所述第二配置信息还包括第二门限，用于触发针对于第二基站的小区的第二CSI-RS的测量上报。
8、可选地，终端设备向第一基站发送第二测量结果，所述第二测量结果包括基于 第二CSI-RS的RSRP和/或RSRQ。
可选地，所述第二测量结果还可以包括第二波束的标识信息。第二波束的覆盖范围是第一波束的覆盖范围的子集。
可选地，第一波束有可能就是第二波束。
可选地，所述基于第二CSI-RS的RSRQ和/或RSRQ可以小区级的，和/或,beam级的。
可选地，如果终端设备同时配置了基于CSI-RS测量和基于SS-block测量，那么只要基于同步信号和/或CSI-RS满足了对应的测量事件的判决条件，终端设备都需要上报基于CSI-RS和同步信号的RSRP和/或RSRQ.
9、第一基站在接收到终端设备发送的所述第二测量结果或所述第一测量结果。
可选地，如果第一基站在接收到终端设备发送的所述第二测量结果或所述第一测量结果，确定是否发起切换过程，比如，向第二基站发送切换请求。
可选地，如果终端设备同时配置了基于CSI-RS测量和基于SS-block测量，那么只要基于同步信号和/或CSI-RS满足了对应的测量事件的判决条件，终端设备都需要上报基于CSI-RS和同步信号的RSRP和/或RSRQ.
10、第二基站向第一基站发送切换请求响应消息，所述响应消息包括切换命令。所述切换命令中包括小区标识、小区的终端标识C-RNTI、N个PRACH配置(RACH时频资源、可选地，Preamble根序列和Preamble index，用于生成Preamble)、该N个PRACH资源关联的DL beam标识信息。其中，所述关联的下行beam可以是用于发送CSI-RS的下行beam和/或用于发送SS-Block的下行beam。可选地，第一基站向终端设备发送所述切换命令。
11、可选地，终端设备接收第一基站发送的切换命令，向目标基站发送随机接入过程。具体的，终端设备根据第二基站或第一基站的指示进行针对所述关联的用于发送CSI-RS和/或SS-block的DL beam进行beam测量，并选择信号强度和/或信道质量大于一定门限或选择信号强度和/或信道质量最好的用于发送CSI-RS或SS-block的DL beam关联的PRACH配置进行随机接入过程。具体随机接入过程参考之前。
12、可选地，终端设备向第二基站发送切换完成消息。
上述1-12的内容，也可以参考图4(a)的描述，图4(a)为本申请提供的测量方法流程图。
上述本申请提供的实施例中，分别从各个网元本身、以及从各个网元之间交互的角度对本申请实施例提供的通信方法进行了介绍。可以理解的是，各个网元，例如终端(例如UE)、基站等为了实现上述功能，其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。
基于相同的发明构思，本申请实施例还提供一种基站500，如图5所示，该基站500可应用于执行上述任一实施例中由基站执行的方法。基站500包括一个或多个远 端射频单元(英文：remote radio unit，简称：RRU)501和一个或多个基带单元(英文：baseband unit，简称：BBU)502。所述RRU501可以称为收发单元、收发机、收发电路、或者收发器等等，其可以包括至少一个天线5011和射频单元5012。所述RRU501部分主要用于射频信号的收发以及射频信号与基带信号的转换。所述BBU502部分主要用于进行基带处理，对基站进行控制等。所述RRU501与BBU502可以是物理上设置在一起，也可以物理上分离设置的，即分布式基站。
所述BBU502为基站的控制中心，也可以称为处理单元，主要用于完成基带处理功能，如信道编码，复用，调制，扩频等等。例如所述BBU(处理单元)可以用于控制基站执行上述任一实施例中由基站执行的方法。
在一个示例中，所述BBU502可以由一个或多个单板构成，多个单板可以共同支持单一接入制式的无线接入网(如LTE网)，也可以分别支持不同接入制式的无线接入网。所述BBU502还包括存储器5021和处理器5022。所述存储器5021用以存储必要的指令和数据。所述处理器5022用于控制基站进行必要的动作，例如用于控制基站执行上述任一实施例中由基站执行的方法。所述存储器5021和处理器5022可以服务于一个或多个单板。也就是说，可以每个单板上单独设置存储器和处理器。也可以是多个单板公用相同的存储器和处理器。此外每个单板上还设置有必要的电路。
在上行链路上，通过所述天线5011接收终端发送的上行链路信号(包括数据等)，在下行链路上，通过所述天线5011向终端发送下行链路信号(包括数据和/或控制信息)，在所述处理器5022中，对业务数据和信令消息进行处理，这些单元根据无线接入网采用的无线接入技术(例如，LTE、NR及其他演进***的接入技术)来进行处理。所述处理器5022还用于对基站的动作进行控制管理，用于执行上述实施例中由基站进行的处理。所述处理器5022还用于支持基站执行图2-图4中涉及由基站处理的过程。
可以理解的是，图5仅仅示出了所述基站的简化设计。在实际应用中，所述基站可以包含任意数量的天线，存储器，处理器，射频单元，RRU，BBU等，而所有可以实现本申请的基站都在本申请的保护范围之内。
具体地，本申请中，以RRU501称为收发器为例，则基站500中的收发器和处理器具体可用于执行：
所述收发器，用于从终端接收所述至少一个CSI-RS中部分或者全部CSI-RS的标识；
所述收发器，还用于向所述第二基站发送所述至少一个CSI-RS中部分或者全部CSI-RS的标识；
所述收发器，还用于从所述第二基站接收第一小区的小区标识、所述第一小区的至少一个波束参数，以及与所述至少一个波束参数关联的资源；所述第一小区属于所述第二基站；
所述收发器，还用于向所述终端发送第一小区的小区标识、所述第一小区的至少一个波束参数，以及与所述至少一个波束参数关联的资源；所述第一小区的至少一个波束参数属于所述至少一个CSI-RS中部分或者全部CSI-RS的标识，所述波束参数为CSI-RS的标识。
可选地，所述收发器，还用于接收第二基站的至少一个CSI-RS的资源位置和标识；
所述收发器，还用于向所述终端发送第一配置，所述第一配置包括所述第二基站 的至少一个CSI-RS的资源位置和标识；
可选地，所述收发器，还用于向所述终端发送测量频点；
所述收发器，还用于从所述终端接收与所述测量频点关联的至少一个小区中部分或者全部小区的标识，以及所述部分或者全部小区的质量或者功率，以及所述部分或者全部小区的至少一个SS block的标识；
所述收发器，还用于向所述第二基站发送所述部分或者全部小区中与所述第二基站关联的小区的标识，以及与所述第二基站关联的小区的至少一个SS block的标识；
所述至少一个SS block中的部分或者全部SS block与所述第二基站的至少一个CSI-RS有关联。
在另一示例中，所述收发器，用于从终端接收至少一个小区中部分或者全部小区的标识及与所述部分或者全部小区的标识关联的SS block的标识；
所述收发器，还用于向所述第二基站发送所述部分或者全部小区中与所述第二基站关联的小区的标识，以及与所述第二基站关联的小区的至少一个SS block的标识；
所述收发器，还用于从所述第二基站接收第一小区的小区标识、所述第一小区的至少一个波束参数，以及与所述至少一个波束参数关联的资源；所述第一小区属于所述第二基站；
所述收发器，还用于向所述终端发送第一小区的小区标识、所述第一小区的至少一个波束参数，以及与所述至少一个波束参数关联的资源；所述第一小区的至少一个波束参数属于所述至少一个SS block的标识，所述波束参数为SS block的标识。
可选地，所述收发器，还用于向所述终端发送测量频点；所述测量频点与所述至少一个小区有关联。
在另一示例中，所述收发器，用于从第二基站接收至少一个小区的标识、与所述至少一个小区关联的CSI-RS的标识和资源位置；
所述收发器，还用于向终端发送所述至少一个小区的标识、与所述至少一个小区关联的CSI-RS的标识和资源位置；
所述收发器，还用于从所述终端接收所述至少一个小区中部分或全部小区的标识、与所述部分或全部小区关联的SS block的标识、和/或CSI-RS的标识。
可选地，所述收发器，还用于向所述第二基站发送所述至少一个小区中部分或全部小区的标识、与所述部分或全部小区关联的SS block的标识、和/或CSI-RS的标识；
所述收发器，还用于从所述第二基站接收第一小区的标识、与所述第一小区关联的至少波束参数，所述至少一个波束参数属于所述关联的SS block的标识、和/或CSI-RS的标识，所述第一小区属于所述至少一个小区；
所述收发器，还用于向所述终端发送所述第一小区的标识、与所述第一小区关联的至少波束参数，所述至少一个波束参数属于所述关联的SS block的标识、和/或CSI-RS的标识。
在另一示例中，所述收发器，还用于向终端发送第二指示；
所述收发器，还用于接收所述终端响应于所述第二指示发送的服务小区的第三质量、和/或第三功率，所述第三质量、和/或第三功率是基于所述服务小区的至少一个CSI-RS中部分或者全部CSI-RS的质量、和/或功率获得的。
在另一示例中，所述收发器，用于向终端发送第三指示；
所述收发器，还用于接收所述终端响应于所述第三指示发送的所述服务小区的第四质量、和/或第四功率，所述第四质量、和/或第四功率是基于所述服务小区的至少一个同步信号中的部分或者全部同步信号的质量、和/或功率获得的。
基于相同的发明构思，本申请实施例还提供一种终端600，如图6(a)所示，为便于说明，图6(a)仅示出了终端的主要部件。如图6(a)所示，终端600包括处理器、存储器、控制电路、天线以及输入输出装置。处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理，以及对整个终端进行控制，执行软件程序，处理软件程序的数据，例如用于支持终端600执行上述任一实施例中由终端600执行的方法。存储器主要用于存储软件程序和数据。控制电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。控制电路和天线一起也可以叫做收发器，主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。输入输出装置，例如触摸屏、显示屏，键盘等主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。
当终端开机后，处理器可以读取存储单元中的软件程序，解释并执行软件程序的指令，处理软件程序的数据。当需要通过无线发送数据时，处理器对待发送的数据进行基带处理后，输出基带信号至射频电路，射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到终端600时，射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号，将射频信号转换为基带信号，并将基带信号输出至处理器，处理器将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。
本领域技术人员可以理解，为了便于说明，图6(a)仅示出了一个存储器和处理器。在实际的终端中，可以存在多个处理器和存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等，本申请对此不做限制。
作为一种可选的实现方式，处理器可以包括基带处理器和中央处理器，基带处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理，中央处理器主要用于对整个终端600进行控制，执行软件程序，处理软件程序的数据。图6(a)中的处理器集成了基带处理器和中央处理器的功能，本领域技术人员可以理解，基带处理器和中央处理器也可以是各自独立的处理器，通过总线等技术互联。本领域技术人员可以理解，终端可以包括多个基带处理器以适应不同的网络制式，终端600可以包括多个中央处理器以增强其处理能力，终端600的各个部件可以通过各种总线连接。所述基带处理器也可以表述为基带处理电路或者基带处理芯片。所述中央处理器也可以表述为中央处理电路或者中央处理芯片。对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理的功能可以内置在处理器中，也可以以软件程序的形式存储在存储单元中，由处理器执行软件程序以实现基带处理功能。
示例性的，在申请中，可以将具有收发功能的天线和控制电路视为终端600的收发单元601，将具有处理功能的处理器视为终端600的处理单元602。如图6(a)所示，终端600包括收发单元601和处理单元602。收发单元也可以称为收发器、收发机、收发装置等。可选地，可以将收发单元601中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元，将收发单元601中用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元，即收发单元601包括接收单元和发送单元示例性的，接收单元也可以称为接收机、接收器、接收电路等，发送单元可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。
在下行链路上，通过天线接收基站发送的下行链路信号(包括数据和/或控制信 息)，在上行链路上，通过天线向基站发送上行链路信号(包括数据和/或控制信息)，在处理器中，对业务数据和信令消息进行处理，这些单元根据无线接入网采用的无线接入技术(例如，LTE、NR及其他演进***的接入技术)来进行处理。所述处理器还用于对终端的动作进行控制管理，用于执行上述实施例中由终端进行的处理。处理器还用于支持终端执行图2～图4中涉及终端的处理过程。
可以理解的是，图6(a)仅仅示出了所述终端的简化设计。在实际应用中，所述终端可以包含任意数量的天线，存储器，处理器等，而所有可以实现本申请的终端都在本申请的保护范围之内。
具体地，本申请中，以收发单元称为收发器，处理单元称为处理器为例，则终端600中的收发器和处理器具体可用于执行：
所述收发器，用于从第一基站接收第一小区的小区标识、所述第一小区的至少一个波束参数，以及与所述至少一个波束参数关联的资源；所述第一小区属于第二基站；
所述收发器，还用于在目标波束参数对应的资源上发送信息；所述目标波束参数属于所述至少一个波束参数；
所述收发器，还用于所述目标波束参数关联的接收波束接收针对所述信息的响应。
可选地，所述波束参数为CSI-RS的标识。
可选地，所述收发器，还用于接收所述第一基站发送的第一配置，所述第一配置包括所述第二基站的至少一个CSI-RS的资源位置和标识；
所述处理器，用于测量所述至少一个CSI-RS；
所述收发器，还用于向所述第一基站发送所述至少一个CSI-RS中部分或者全部CSI-RS的标识；
所述至少一个CSI-RS中部分或者全部CSI-RS的标识包括所述第一小区的至少一个波束参数。
可选地，所述收发器，还用于所述第一基站发送所述至少一个CSI-RS中部分或者全部CSI-RS的质量、和/或功率。
可选地，所述第一小区的至少一个波束参数是根据所述部分或者全部CSI-RS的标识、质量、和/或功率中的至少一项选择的。
可选地，所述收发器，还用于所述第一基站发送的第二配置，所述第二配置包括测量频点；
所述终端对在所述频点上的至少一个同步信号进行测量，所述至少一个同步信号属于至少一个小区，所述至少一个小区包括所述第一小区；
所述收发器，还用于向所述第一基站发送至少一个小区中部分或者全部小区的标识，以及所述部分或者全部小区的质量或者功率，以及所述部分或者全部小区的至少一个SS block的标识。
可选地，所述收发器，还用于所述第一基站发送所述部分或者全部小区的至少一个SS block关联的同步信号的质量和/或功率。
可选地，所述至少一个SS block关联的同步信号的质量或者功率满足第一条件。
可选地，与所述第二基站的至少一个CSI-RS有关联的SS block属于所述部分或者全部小区的至少一个SS block。
可选地，所述波束参数为SS block的标识。
可选地，所述收发器，还用于所述第一基站发送的第三配置，所述第三配置包括测量频点；
所述处理器，还用于对在所述频点上的至少一个同步信号进行测量，所述至少一个同步信号属于至少一个小区，所述至少一个小区包括所述第一小区；
所述收发器，还用于向所述第一基站发送至少一个小区中部分或者全部小区的标识，以及所述部分或者全部小区的信号或者功率，以及所述部分或者全部小区的至少一个SS block的标识；
所述部分或者全部小区的至少一个SS block的标识包括所述第一小区的至少一个波束参数。
可选地，所述收发器，还用于所述第一基站发送所述部分或者全部小区的至少一个SS block的质量、和/或功率。
可选地，所述波束参数是根据所述部分或者全部小区的至少一个SS block的标识、质量、和/或功率中的至少一项选择的。
可选地，所述部分或者全部小区的至少一个SS block关联的同步信号的质量或者功率满足第一条件。
可选地，所述波束参数为SS block的标识，或者为CSI-RS的标识。
可选地，所述收发器，用于所述第一基站接收第一配置，所述第一配置包括所述第一小区的至少一个CSI-RS的资源位置和标识；
所述处理器，还用于测量所述第一小区的至少一个CSI-RS和所述第一小区的至少一个同步信号；
所述收发器，用于向所述第一基站发送所述第一小区的第一质量、和/或第一功率，所述第一质量、和/或第一功率是基于所述第一小区的至少一个CSI-RS中部分或者全部CSI-RS的质量、和/或功率获得的，以及所述第一小区的第二质量、和/或第二功率，所述第二质量、和/或第二功率是基于所述至少一个同步信号中的部分或者全部同步信号的质量、和/或功率获得的。
可选地，所述收发器，用于从所述第一基站接收第二指示；
所述处理器，用于测量服务小区的至少一个CSI-RS；
所述收发器响应于所述第二指示，，用于向所述第一基站发送所述服务小区的第三质量、和/或第三功率，所述第三质量、和/或第三功率是基于所述服务小区的至少一个CSI-RS中部分或者全部CSI-RS的质量、和/或功率获得的。
可选地，所述收发器，用于从所述第一基站接收第三指示；
所述处理器，用于测量服务小区的至少一个同步信号；
所述收发器，用于响应于所述第三指示，向所述第一基站发送所述服务小区的第四质量、和/或第四功率，所述第四质量、和/或第四功率是基于所述服务小区的至少一个同步信号中的部分或者全部同步信号的质量、和/或功率获得的。
可选地，所述资源为随机接入资源，所述信息为前导序列，所述响应包括上行时间提前量。
可选地，所述资源为上行资源，所述信息为上行数据，所述响应为HARQ反馈。
可选地，所述上行数据包括RRC连接重配置完成消息。
如图6(b)所示，为本申请提供的另一终端示意图，其中，处理器可以包括用于 终端的音频/视频和逻辑功能的电路。例如，处理器可以包括数字信号处理器设备、微处理器设备、模数转换器、数模转换器等等。可以根据这些设备各自的能力而在这些设备之间分配移动设备的控制和信号处理功能。处理器还可以包括内部语音编码器VC、内部数据调制解调器DM等等。此外，处理器可以包括操作一个或多个软件程序的功能，所述软件程序可以存储在存储器中。通常，处理器和所存储的软件指令可以被配置为使终端执行动作。例如，处理器能够操作连接程序。
终端还可以包括用户接口，其例如可以包括耳机或扬声器、麦克风、输出装置(例如显示器)、输入装置等等，其可操作地耦合到处理器。在这一点上，处理器可以包括用户接口电路，其被配置为至少控制所述用户接口的一个或多个元件(诸如扬声器、麦克风、显示器等等)的一些功能。处理器和/或包括处理器的用户接口电路可以被配置为通过存储在处理器可访问的存储器中的计算机程序指令(例如软件和/或固件)来控制用户接口的一个或多个元件的一个或多个功能。尽管并未示出，但是终端可以包括用于向与移动设备相关的各种电路供电的电池，所述电路例如为提供机械振动来作为可检测输出的电路。输入装置可以包括允许所述装置接收数据的设备，诸如小键盘、触摸显示器、游戏杆和/或至少一个其他输入设备等。
终端还可以包括用于共享和/或获得数据的一个或多个连接电路模块。例如，所述终端可以包括短距射频RF收发机和/或检测器，从而可以根据RF技术与电子设备共享和/或从电子设备获得数据。所述终端可以包括其他短距收发机，诸如例如红外IR收发机、使用收发机、无线通用串行总线USB收发机等等。蓝牙收发机能够根据低功耗或超低功耗蓝牙技术操作。在这一点上，终端并且更具体地是短距收发机能够向和/或从在所述装置附近(诸如在10米内)的电子设备发送和/或接收数据。尽管并未示出，所述终端能够根据各种无线联网技术来向和/或从电子设备发送和/或接收数据，这些技术包括:Wi-Fi、Wi-Fi低功耗、WLAN技术，诸如IEEE 802.11技术、IEEE 802.15技术、IEEE 802.16技术等等。
终端可以包括可存储与移动用户相关的信息元素的存储器，诸如用户身份模块SIM。除了SIM，所述装置还可以包括其他可移除和/或固定存储器。终端可以包括易失性存储器和/或非易失性存储器。例如，易失性存储器可以包括随机存取存储器RAM，其包括动态RAM和/或静态RAM、芯片上和/或芯片外高速缓冲存储器等等。非易失性存储器可以是嵌入式的和/或可移除的，其可以包括例如只读存储器、闪存存储器、磁性存储设备，例如硬盘、软盘驱动器、磁带等等、光盘驱动器和/或介质、非易失性随机存取存储器NVRAM等等。类似于易失性存储器，非易失性存储器可以包括用于数据的暂时存储的高速缓冲区域。易失性和/或非易失性存储器的至少一部分可以嵌入到处理器中。存储器可以存储一个或多个软件程序、指令、信息块、数据等等，其可以由所述终端用来执行移动终端的功能。例如，存储器可以包括能够唯一标识终端的标识符，诸如国际移动设备标志IMEI码。
基于相同的发明构思，本申请实施例还提供一种装置700，该装置700可以为基站，也可以为终端，如图7所示，该装置700至少包括处理器701和存储器702，进一步还可以包括收发器703，以及还可以包括总线704。
所述处理器701、所述存储器702和所述收发器703均通过总线704连接；
所述存储器702，用于存储计算机执行指令；
所述处理器701，用于执行所述存储器702存储的计算机执行指令；
所述装置700为基站时，所述处理器701执行所述存储器702存储的计算机执行指令，使得所述装置700执行本申请实施例提供的上述任一实施例中由基站执行的步骤，或者使得基站部署与该步骤对应的功能单元。
所述装置700为终端时，所述处理器701执行所述存储器702存储的计算机执行指令，使得所述装置700执行本申请实施例提供的上述任一实施例中由终端执行的步骤，或者使得终端部署与该步骤对应的功能单元。
处理器701，可以包括不同类型的处理器701，或者包括相同类型的处理器701；处理器701可以是以下的任一种：中央处理器(英文：Central Processing Unit，简称：CPU)、ARM处理器(AMR的英文全称为：Advanced RISC Machines，RISC的英文全称为：Reduced Instruction Set Computing，中文翻译为：精简指令集：)、现场可编程门阵列(英文：Field Programmable Gate Array，简称：FPGA)、专用处理器等具有计算处理能力的器件。一种可选实施方式，所述处理器701可以集成为众核处理器。
存储器702可以是以下的任一种或任一种组合：随机存取存储器(英文：Random Access Memory，简称：RAM)、只读存储器(英文：read only memory，简称：ROM)、非易失性存储器(英文：non-volatile memory，简称：NVM)、固态硬盘(英文：Solid State Drives，简称：SSD)、机械硬盘、磁盘、磁盘整列等存储介质。
收发器703用于装置700与其他设备进行数据交互；例如，如果装置700为基站，则基站可以执行上述任一实施例中由基站执行的方法；该基站通过收发器703与终端进行数据交互；如果装置700为终端，则终端可以上述任一实施例中由终端执行的方法；该终端通过收发器703与基站进行数据交互；收发器703可以是以下的任一种或任一种组合：网络接口(例如以太网接口)、无线网卡等具有网络接入功能的器件。
该总线704可以包括地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等，为便于表示，图7用一条粗线表示该总线。总线704可以是以下的任一种或任一种组合：工业标准体系结构(英文：Industry Standard Architecture，简称：ISA)总线、外设组件互连标准(英文：Peripheral Component Interconnect，简称：PCI)总线、扩展工业标准结构(英文：Extended Industry Standard Architecture，简称：EISA)总线等有线数据传输的器件。
本申请实施例提供一种计算机可读存储介质，计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机执行指令；终端的处理器执行该计算机执行指令，使得终端执行本申请提供的上述通信方法中由终端执行的步骤，或者使得终端部署与该步骤对应的功能单元。
本申请实施例提供一种计算机可读存储介质，计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机执行指令；基站的处理器执行该计算机执行指令，使得基站执行本申请提供的上述通信方法中由基站执行的步骤，或者使得基站部署与该步骤对应的功能单元。
本申请实施例提供一种计算机程序产品，该计算机程序产品包括计算机执行指令，该计算机执行指令存储在计算机可读存储介质中。终端的处理器可以从计算机可读存储介质读取该计算机执行指令；处理器执行该计算机执行指令，使得终端执行本申请实施例提供的上述方法中由终端执行的步骤，或者使得终端部署与该步骤对应的功能单元。
本申请实施例提供一种计算机程序产品，该计算机程序产品包括计算机执行指令， 该计算机执行指令存储在计算机可读存储介质中。基站的处理器可以从计算机可读存储介质读取该计算机执行指令；处理器执行该计算机执行指令，使得基站执行本申请实施例提供的上述方法中由基站执行的步骤，或者使得基站部署与该步骤对应的功能单元。
本申请还提供了一种芯片***，该芯片***包括处理器，用于支持终端实现上述各方面中所涉及的功能，例如，生成、接收或处理上述各方法中所涉及的数据和/或信息。在一种可能的设计中，所述芯片***还包括存储器，所述存储器，可用于保存终端必要的程序指令和数据。该芯片***，可以是由芯片构成，也可以是包含芯片和其他分立器件。
本申请还提供了一种芯片***，该芯片***包括处理器，用于支持基站实现上述各方面中所涉及的功能，例如，生成、接收或处理上述方法中所涉及的数据和/或信息。在一种可能的设计中，所述芯片***还包括存储器，所述存储器，用于保存数据接收设备必要的程序指令和数据。该芯片***，可以是由芯片构成，也可以是包含芯片和其他分立器件。
基于相同的发明构思，本申请还提供一种终端800，如图8所示，包括处理单元801和收发单元802，可用于执行上述任一实施例中由终端执行的方法，可选地，所述处理单元801和收发单元802用于执行：
所述收发单元802，用于从第一基站接收第一小区的小区标识、所述第一小区的至少一个波束参数，以及与所述至少一个波束参数关联的资源；所述第一小区属于第二基站；
所述收发单元802，还用于在目标波束参数对应的资源上发送信息；所述目标波束参数属于所述至少一个波束参数；
所述收发单元802，还用于所述目标波束参数关联的接收波束接收针对所述信息的响应。
可选地，所述波束参数为CSI-RS的标识。
可选地，所述收发单元802，还用于接收所述第一基站发送的第一配置，所述第一配置包括所述第二基站的至少一个CSI-RS的资源位置和标识；
所述处理单元801，用于测量所述至少一个CSI-RS；
所述收发单元802，还用于向所述第一基站发送所述至少一个CSI-RS中部分或者全部CSI-RS的标识；
所述至少一个CSI-RS中部分或者全部CSI-RS的标识包括所述第一小区的至少一个波束参数。
可选地，所述收发单元802，还用于所述第一基站发送所述至少一个CSI-RS中部分或者全部CSI-RS的质量、和/或功率。
可选地，所述第一小区的至少一个波束参数是根据所述部分或者全部CSI-RS的标识、质量、和/或功率中的至少一项选择的。
可选地，所述收发单元802，还用于所述第一基站发送的第二配置，所述第二配置包括测量频点；
所述终端对在所述频点上的至少一个同步信号进行测量，所述至少一个同步信号 属于至少一个小区，所述至少一个小区包括所述第一小区；
所述收发单元802，还用于向所述第一基站发送至少一个小区中部分或者全部小区的标识，以及所述部分或者全部小区的质量或者功率，以及所述部分或者全部小区的至少一个SS block的标识。
可选地，所述收发单元802，还用于所述第一基站发送所述部分或者全部小区的至少一个SS block关联的同步信号的质量和/或功率。
可选地，所述至少一个SS block关联的同步信号的质量或者功率满足第一条件。
可选地，与所述第二基站的至少一个CSI-RS有关联的SS block属于所述部分或者全部小区的至少一个SS block。
可选地，所述波束参数为SS block的标识。
可选地，所述收发单元802，还用于所述第一基站发送的第三配置，所述第三配置包括测量频点；
所述处理单元801，还用于对在所述频点上的至少一个同步信号进行测量，所述至少一个同步信号属于至少一个小区，所述至少一个小区包括所述第一小区；
所述收发单元802，还用于向所述第一基站发送至少一个小区中部分或者全部小区的标识，以及所述部分或者全部小区的信号或者功率，以及所述部分或者全部小区的至少一个SS block的标识；
所述部分或者全部小区的至少一个SS block的标识包括所述第一小区的至少一个波束参数。
可选地，所述收发单元802，还用于所述第一基站发送所述部分或者全部小区的至少一个SS block的质量、和/或功率。
可选地，所述波束参数是根据所述部分或者全部小区的至少一个SS block的标识、质量、和/或功率中的至少一项选择的。
可选地，所述部分或者全部小区的至少一个SS block关联的同步信号的质量或者功率满足第一条件。
可选地，所述波束参数为SS block的标识，或者为CSI-RS的标识。
可选地，所述收发单元802，用于所述第一基站接收第一配置，所述第一配置包括所述第一小区的至少一个CSI-RS的资源位置和标识；
所述处理单元801，还用于测量所述第一小区的至少一个CSI-RS和所述第一小区的至少一个同步信号；
所述收发单元802，用于向所述第一基站发送所述第一小区的第一质量、和/或第一功率，所述第一质量、和/或第一功率是基于所述第一小区的至少一个CSI-RS中部分或者全部CSI-RS的质量、和/或功率获得的，以及所述第一小区的第二质量、和/或第二功率，所述第二质量、和/或第二功率是基于所述至少一个同步信号中的部分或者全部同步信号的质量、和/或功率获得的。
可选地，所述收发单元802，用于从所述第一基站接收第二指示；
所述处理单元801，用于测量服务小区的至少一个CSI-RS；
所述收发单元802响应于所述第二指示，，用于向所述第一基站发送所述服务小区的第三质量、和/或第三功率，所述第三质量、和/或第三功率是基于所述服务小区的至少一个CSI-RS中部分或者全部CSI-RS的质量、和/或功率获得的。
可选地，所述收发单元802，用于从所述第一基站接收第三指示；
所述处理单元801，用于测量服务小区的至少一个同步信号；
所述收发单元802，用于响应于所述第三指示，向所述第一基站发送所述服务小区的第四质量、和/或第四功率，所述第四质量、和/或第四功率是基于所述服务小区的至少一个同步信号中的部分或者全部同步信号的质量、和/或功率获得的。
可选地，所述资源为随机接入资源，所述信息为前导序列，所述响应包括上行时间提前量。
可选地，所述资源为上行资源，所述信息为上行数据，所述响应为HARQ反馈。
可选地，所述上行数据包括RRC连接重配置完成消息。
基于相同的发明构思，本申请还提供一种基站900，如图9所示，包括处理单元901和收发单元902，可用于执行上述任一实施例中由基站执行的方法，可选地，所述处理单元901和收发单元902用于执行：
所述收发单元902，用于从终端接收所述至少一个CSI-RS中部分或者全部CSI-RS的标识；
所述收发单元902，还用于向所述第二基站发送所述至少一个CSI-RS中部分或者全部CSI-RS的标识；
所述收发单元902，还用于从所述第二基站接收第一小区的小区标识、所述第一小区的至少一个波束参数，以及与所述至少一个波束参数关联的资源；所述第一小区属于所述第二基站；
所述收发单元902，还用于向所述终端发送第一小区的小区标识、所述第一小区的至少一个波束参数，以及与所述至少一个波束参数关联的资源；所述第一小区的至少一个波束参数属于所述至少一个CSI-RS中部分或者全部CSI-RS的标识，所述波束参数为CSI-RS的标识。
可选地，所述收发单元902，还用于接收第二基站的至少一个CSI-RS的资源位置和标识；
所述收发单元902，还用于向所述终端发送第一配置，所述第一配置包括所述第二基站的至少一个CSI-RS的资源位置和标识；
可选地，所述收发单元902，还用于向所述终端发送测量频点；
所述收发单元902，还用于从所述终端接收与所述测量频点关联的至少一个小区中部分或者全部小区的标识，以及所述部分或者全部小区的质量或者功率，以及所述部分或者全部小区的至少一个SS block的标识；
所述收发单元902，还用于向所述第二基站发送所述部分或者全部小区中与所述第二基站关联的小区的标识，以及与所述第二基站关联的小区的至少一个SS block的标识；
所述至少一个SS block中的部分或者全部SS block与所述第二基站的至少一个CSI-RS有关联。
在另一示例中，所述收发单元902，用于从终端接收至少一个小区中部分或者全部小区的标识及与所述部分或者全部小区的标识关联的SS block的标识；
所述收发单元902，还用于向所述第二基站发送所述部分或者全部小区中与所述 第二基站关联的小区的标识，以及与所述第二基站关联的小区的至少一个SS block的标识；
所述收发单元902，还用于从所述第二基站接收第一小区的小区标识、所述第一小区的至少一个波束参数，以及与所述至少一个波束参数关联的资源；所述第一小区属于所述第二基站；
所述收发单元902，还用于向所述终端发送第一小区的小区标识、所述第一小区的至少一个波束参数，以及与所述至少一个波束参数关联的资源；所述第一小区的至少一个波束参数属于所述至少一个SS block的标识，所述波束参数为SS block的标识。
可选地，所述收发单元902，还用于向所述终端发送测量频点；所述测量频点与所述至少一个小区有关联。
在另一示例中，所述收发单元902，用于从第二基站接收至少一个小区的标识、与所述至少一个小区关联的CSI-RS的标识和资源位置；
所述收发单元902，还用于向终端发送所述至少一个小区的标识、与所述至少一个小区关联的CSI-RS的标识和资源位置；
所述收发单元902，还用于从所述终端接收所述至少一个小区中部分或全部小区的标识、与所述部分或全部小区关联的SS block的标识、和/或CSI-RS的标识。
可选地，所述收发单元902，还用于向所述第二基站发送所述至少一个小区中部分或全部小区的标识、与所述部分或全部小区关联的SS block的标识、和/或CSI-RS的标识；
所述收发单元902，还用于从所述第二基站接收第一小区的标识、与所述第一小区关联的至少波束参数，所述至少一个波束参数属于所述关联的SS block的标识、和/或CSI-RS的标识，所述第一小区属于所述至少一个小区；
所述收发单元902，还用于向所述终端发送所述第一小区的标识、与所述第一小区关联的至少波束参数，所述至少一个波束参数属于所述关联的SS block的标识、和/或CSI-RS的标识。
在另一示例中，所述收发单元902，还用于向终端发送第二指示；
所述收发单元902，还用于接收所述终端响应于所述第二指示发送的服务小区的第三质量、和/或第三功率，所述第三质量、和/或第三功率是基于所述服务小区的至少一个CSI-RS中部分或者全部CSI-RS的质量、和/或功率获得的。
在另一示例中，所述收发单元902，用于向终端发送第三指示；
所述收发单元902，还用于接收所述终端响应于所述第三指示发送的所述服务小区的第四质量、和/或第四功率，所述第四质量、和/或第四功率是基于所述服务小区的至少一个同步信号中的部分或者全部同步信号的质量、和/或功率获得的。
本申请还提供一种基于组(group)的波束(beam)管理的方法，可参考图10，包括：
在服务小区，网络可能需要基于CSI-RS参考信号进行beam管理，CSI获取等。用于这些作用的CSI-RS资源可能需要比用于RRM测量的CSI-RS资源更密集。
因此，可能的方法是：在UE接入时，或增加服务小区时，为UE配置该服务小区使用的CSI-RS资源。该CSI-RS资源用于beam管理，CSI获取，也用于RRM测量等。
在RRM测量配置里不需要携带服务小区的CSI-RS配置，UE使用小区增加时或初始接入时配置的CSI-RS资源进行RRM测量。
对于beam管理，基站通过RRC消息配置L1/L2测量，UE通过L1或L2信令(周期)上报测量结果，为了减少信令开销，可以通过RRC消息将需要测量的SS block或CSI-RS配置分组，每个组有一个组号，UE基于组号上报测量值用于beam管理，每个组号对应一个测量值，这个测量值可以是这个组号下的多个SS block合并生成的，比如是组号下的SS block测量值的和，也可以是平均值。Beam管理基于组来进行，比如增加一个组，删除一个组，而不再是增加或删除某个SS block。当增加一个组时，UE需要增加这个组里的每个SS block为服务SS block，同理，删除一个组时，删除组里的每个SS block。Beam分组的方法也可以用于RRM测量。
上述基于基于组(group)的波束(beam)管理的方法，可应用于上述测量过程，例如第一基站向终端发送的配置中包含组标识，该组标识用于波束参数的分组，终端基于组标识可以获得该组的质量，和/或功率信息。
本申请还提供一种测量GAP的方法，可参考图11，包括：
由于UE能力的限制，UE可能不能同时接收服务小区的数据和执行邻区的测量。基于UE能力，基站可能需要给UE配置一套测量gap，比如，在LTE***中，可以配置每40ms或80ms出现一个6ms的gap，在测量gap期间，UE去测量邻区，而不在当前的服务小区收发数据。
对于NR,由于高频场景下，参考信号不是全向发送的，而是采用sweeping的方式，因此可能出现，UE在测量gap期间去测量邻区，但是邻区并没有向该UE方向发送参考信号，因此原有的测量gap机制可能不能很好work。
一种方法是：给UE配置的邻区的CSI-RS资源占用的位置(时间)都作为测量gap，服务小区在这些位置不调度UE，UE去进行邻区的测量，可选地，不再单独配置测量gap。该方法简单，但是可能使得测量gap比较分散，效率相对较低。
该方法也适用于测量邻区的NR-SS，即将邻区的NR-SS调度信息发送给UE，这些配置所在的时间上作为测量gap。可选地，由于NR-SS发送的比较频繁，UE不需要每次都测量，因此发送给UE的邻区的NR-SS调度信息可以是邻区真实的调度信息的子集，或者基站指明需要测量的频度，比如，N次中只需要测量一次等。
另一种方法是：在向邻接基站请求CSI-RS配置时，同时携带当前UE的测量gap配置，这个测量gap配置可能是1套或是多套配置，邻接基站基于这些测量gap配置，生成给该UE的CSI-RS资源配置，即这些CSI-RS资源位于当前UE的测量gap期间内。可选地，如果邻接基站无法基于这些测量gap配置生成CSI-RS资源，则拒绝该请求，或者邻接基站生成CSI-RS资源以及该资源需要的gap配置发送给当前服务基站，当前服务基站将CSI-RS资源以及新的gap配置发送给UE，比如在测量对象里携带该测量对象对应的频率需要的测量gap配置，或是对应的频率下的小区需要的测量gap配置。
上述测量gap的方法可应用于上述测量过程，测量的gap用于指示终端测量的时机。
本申请还提供一种波束管理方法、终端设备及网络设备，下面结合附图12-附图 21进行说明。
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图，对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述。
本申请实施例描述的网络架构以及业务场景是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案，并不构成对本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定，本领域普通技术人员可知，随着网络架构的演变和新业务场景的出现，本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题，同样适用。
本申请可以应用于现有的蜂窝通信***，如全球移动通讯(英文：Global System for Mobile Communication，简称：GSM)，宽带码分多址(英文：Wideband Code Division Multiple Access，简称：WCDMA)，长期演进(英文：Long Term Evolution，简称：LTE)等***中，适用于第五代移动通信***(英文：5rd-Generation，简称：5G)***，如采用新无线(英文：New Radio，简称：NR)的接入网，云无线接入网(英文：Cloud Radio Access Network，简称：CRAN)等通信***，也可以扩展到类似的无线通信***中，如无线保真(英文：WIreless-Fidelity，简称：wifi)、全球微波互联接入(英文：Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access，简称：WiMAX)，以及第三代合作伙伴计划(英文：3rd Generation Partnership Project，简称：3GPP)其它相关的蜂窝***，同时也适用于其他采用正交频分复用(英文：Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing，简称：OFDM)接入技术的无线通信***，以及还适用于未来的无线通信***。
本发明适用于多波束操作的***，也适用于单波束操作的***。在单波束***中，不同的波束参数对应不同的同步信号或CSI-RS或其它参考信号相关的发送参数，通常包括发送周期、时间偏置、信号对应序列或图案。
本申请描述的网络架构以及业务场景是为了更加清楚的说明本申请的技术方案，并不构成对于本申请提供的技术方案的限定，本领域普通技术人员可知，随着网络架构的演变和新业务场景的出现，本申请提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题，同样适用。
如图12所示，是本申请的一种可能的应用场景示意图，包括至少一个终端设备10，通过无线接口与无线接入网(英文：Radio access network，简称：RAN)进行通信，所述RAN包括至少一个网络设备20，该网络设备示例为基站，为清楚起见，图中只示出一个基站和一个终端设备。终端设备10还可以与另一终端设备10进行通信，如设备对设备(英文：Device to Device，简称：D2D)或机器对机器(英文：Machine to Machine，简称：M2M)场景下的通信。网络设备20可以与终端设备10通信，也可以与另一网络设备20进行通信，如宏基站和接入点之间的通信。所述RAN与核心网络(英文：core network，简称：CN)相连。可选地，所述CN可以耦合到一个或者更多的数据网络(英文：Data Network，简称：DN)，例如英特网，公共交换电话网(英文：public switched telephone network，简称：PSTN)等。
本申请中，名词“网络”和“***”经常交替使用，但本领域的技术人员可以理解其含义。
为便于理解下面对本申请中涉及到的一些名词做些说明。
1)、终端设备(Terminal Equipment)，又称之为用户设备(英文：User Equipment， 简称：UE)，或称为终端(Terminal)，是一种向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备，例如，具有无线连接功能或无线通信功能的手持式设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、计算设备、控制设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备，以及各种形式的移动台(英文：Mobile station，简称：MS)等。常见的终端设备包括：手机(phone)、平板电脑(pad)、笔记本电脑(notebook)、掌上电脑、移动互联网设备(英文：mobile internet device，简称：MID)、可穿戴设备如智能手表、智能手环、计步器等。为方便描述，本申请中，上面提到的设备统称为终端设备。
2)、网络设备，例如可以是基站，基站又称为RAN设备，是一种将终端设备接入到无线网络的设备，包括但不限于：演进型节点B(英文：evolved Node B，简称：eNB)、无线网络控制器(英文：radio network controller，简称：RNC)、节点B(英文：Node B，简称：NB)、基站控制器(英文：Base Station Controller，简称：BSC)、基站收发台(英文：Base Transceiver Station，简称：BTS)、家庭基站(例如，Home evolved NodeB，或Home Node B，简称：HNB)、基带单元(英文：BaseBand Unit，简称：BBU)、基站(英文：g NodeB，简称：gNB)、传输点(英文：Transmitting and receiving point，简称：TRP)、发射点(英文：Transmitting point，简称：TP)、移动交换中心等，此外，还可以包括Wifi接入点(英文：Access Point，简称：AP)等。其中通过无线信道与终端设备进行直接通信的装置通常是基站，所述基站可以包括各种形式的宏基站、微基站、中继站、接入点或射频拉远单元(英文：Remote Radio Unit，简称：RRU)等，当然，与终端设备进行无线通信的也可以是其他具有无线通信功能的网络设备，本申请对此不做唯一限定。在不同***中，具备基站功能的设备的名称可能会有所不同，例如在LTE网络中，称为演进的节点B(evolved NodeB，eNB或eNodeB)，在第三代(the 3rd Generation，3G)网络中，称为节点B(Node B)等。
下面对本申请实施例中所涉及到的一些通用概念或者定义做出解释，需要说明的是，本文中的一些英文简称为以LTE***为例对本申请实施例进行的描述，其可能随着网络的演进发生变化，具体演进可以参考相应标准中的描述。
本申请中，波束(beam)可以理解为空间资源，可以指具有能量传输指向性的发送或接收预编码向量。并且，该发送或接收预编码向量能够通过索引信息进行标识。其中，所述能量传输指向性可以指通过该预编码向量对所需发送的信号进行预编码处理，经过该预编码处理的信号具有一定的空间指向性，接收经过该预编码向量进行预编码处理后的信号具有较好的接收功率，如满足接收解调信噪比等；所述能量传输指向性也可以指通过该预编码向量接收来自不同空间位置发送的相同信号具有不同的接收功率。可选地，同一通信设备(比如终端设备或网络设备)可以有不同的预编码向量，不同的通信设备也可以有不同的预编码向量，即对应不同的波束。波束可以有多种称谓，例如波束可以称为空间资源，空间权值，空间方向，空间方位等，随着技术的发展，波束可能在不同时期，不同场景中有不同称为，本申请对此不作限制。
针对通信设备的配置或者能力，一个通信设备在同一时刻可以使用多个不同的预编码向量中的一个或者多个，即同时可以形成一个波束或者多个波束。波束信息可以通过索引信息进行标识，可选地，所述索引信息可以对应配置终端设备的资源标识(英文：identity，简称：ID)，比如，所述索引信息可以对应配置的信道状态信息参考信号(英文：Channel status information Reference Signal，简称：CSI-RS)的ID或者index 或资源，也可以是对应配置的上行探测参考信号(英文：Sounding Reference Signal，简称：SRS)的ID或者资源。或者，可选地，所述索引信息也可以是通过波束承载的信号或信道显示或隐式承载的索引信息，比如，所述索引信息包括但是不限于通过波束发送的同步信号或者广播信道指示该波束的索引信息。高频小区，例如可以理解为工作频段是大于或等于6GHz以上的频段的小区。数据通过高频进行传输的时候，一般传输的路损较大，为了保证业务的有效传输，高频小区会引入波束赋形(beamforming)技术，该技术通过把信号的能量集中于某一个需要的方向或beam，形成对准终端设备的波束，将发射能量对准终端设备，从而提高终端设备的解调信噪比，改善小区边缘用户体验。高频数据传输可采用波束对(beam pair)，发送方对准一个方向或beam进行数据发送，接收方也需要对准相应的方向或beam接收数据。终端设备和网络设备可能在同一时间单元中，可以通过使用至少一个beam pair中的Tx beam进行数据传输。其中，beam pair，包含一个发送波束(Tx beam)和一个接收波束(Rx beam)，例如可以是网络设备(例如gNB)为Tx beam，终端设备(例如UE)为Rx beam，或者是，终端设备(例如UE)为Tx beam，网络设备(例如gNB)为Rx beam。
在NR中，为了提高传输的鲁棒性，UE可以和至少一个TRP之间维持一个小区的多个下行和/或上行服务波束对的连接。服务波束对为连接态或激活态的UE提供无线资源的波束对。连接态的UE为保持UE与接入网设备之间的RRC连接和接入网设备与核心网设备的连接的UE。激活态的UE为保持接入网设备与核心网设备的连接，无UE与接入网设备之间的RRC连接的UE。空闲态UE为无接入网设备与核心网设备的连接和无UE与接入网设备之间的RRC连接的UE。其中，至少一个TRP可以位于不同的地理位置，以扩大小区的覆盖。因此，在一些场景中，不同TRP和UE之间的下行服务波束对连接的信道条件可能是各自独立的，那么，当UE移动到一个新的位置时，有可能一些服务波束对的信道质量，如路损，由于一些临时的阻挡，比如树的阻挡，而下降，从而发生波束失败(beam failure)，而同时，一些其他的服务波束的信道质量还是好的。其中，服务波束或服务波束对为可以为连接态的UE或激活态的UE提供无线资源的波束或波束对，服务波束包括服务上行波束和/或下行服务波束。
针对下行波束，终端设备与网络设备维护一个相同的下行服务波束集，该下行服务波束集用于指示终端设备与网络设备之间可用的下行服务波束，其中，下行服务波束指的是下行方向，网络设备可用于向终端设备提供服务的波束，例如，网络设备可在下行服务波束中向终端设备发送下行控制信令等。
由于终端设备的移动等原因，导致下行服务波束集中的一些波束发生失败，从而使得终端设备能够对发生波束失败的波束进行及时测量，并上报至网络设备，由网络设备基于终端设备上报的测量结果，重新为终端设备配置波束，从而保证网络设备与终端设备之间通信质量。
下面将结合附图，对本申请实施例所提供的方案进行更为详细的描述。
参考图13，为本申请提供的波束管理方法流程图，包括以下步骤：
步骤201、终端设备对网络设备的波束进行测量。
可选地，终端设备可以是周期性测量，或根据网络设备的指示进行测量，可选地，终端设备可测量出发生波束失败的波束，其中，发生波束失败的波束可以是参考信号 接受强度RSRP或参考信号接受质量RSRQ低于第一阈值的波束，或者是，参考信号接受强度RSRP或参考信号接受质量RSRQ在预设时间内一直低于第一阈值的波束，也可以将发生波束失败的波束理解为参考信号接受强度较弱或参考信号接受质量较差的波束，可选地，终端设备还可测量出满足第一条件的波束，满足第一条件的波束可以是参考信号接受强度或参考信号接受质量高于第二阈值的波束，也可以将满足第一条件的波束理解为参考信号接受强度较强或参考信号接受质量较好的N个波束，其中N大于等于1。第一条件也可以称为质量条件，或者质量要求。
步骤202、终端设备向网络设备发送物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令。
其中，上述物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令包括的内容可以有以下几种可选的方案：
可选地，终端设备向网络设备发送物理层控制信令，所述物理层控制信令包含第一波束的标识，所述第一波束为发生波束失败的波束。
可选地，终端设备向网络设备发送物理层控制信令，所述物理层控制信令包含第一波束的标识，所述第一波束为满足第一条件的波束。
可选地，终端设备向网络设备发送物理层控制信令，所述物理层控制信令包含第一波束的标识，所述第一波束为发生波束失败的波束和满足第一条件的波束。
可选地，终端设备向网络设备发送MAC层控制信令，所述MAC层控制信令包含第一波束的标识，所述第一波束为发生波束失败的波束。
可选地，终端设备向网络设备发送MAC层控制信令，所述MAC层控制信令包含第一波束的标识，所述第一波束为满足第一条件的波束。
可选地，终端设备向网络设备发送MAC层控制信令，所述MAC层控制信令包含第一波束的标识，所述第一波束为发生波束失败的波束和满足第一条件的波束。
即，终端设备在确定有上行资源时，根据所述上行资源生成物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令，所述物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令中包含第一波束的标识，将第一波束的标识发送至网络设备。
可选地，第一波束为至少一个波束。
可选地，所述物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令中包括第一波束的标识，还可以理解为所述物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令中包括波束报告或波束恢复报告，所述波束报告或波束恢复报告包括所述第一波束的标识，或者可以理解为第一波束的标识是以测量报告的形式上报的。
可选地，所述上行资源可以包括以下的内容中的部分或全部：传输块大小、物理时频资源块(比如数目、用于指示新传或重传、调制编码方案、混合自动重传请求(英文：Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest，简称：HARQ)，进程ID、冗余版本。该上行资源可以是动态调度的上行资源，还可以是半静态调度的上行资源，还可以是，基于竞争的上行资源(多个终端共享的上行资源，比如Grant free资源)。
可选地，所述上行资源可以用于指示主小区或辅小区的上行传输资源。主小区(英文：Primary Cell,简称：PCell)为工作在主频率，终端设备可以执行初始连接建立过程或发起连接重建立过程，或在切换过程被指示为主小区的小区。辅小区(英文：Secondary Cell，简称：SCell)，为工作在辅频率的小区，为连接态UE提供额外的无线资源。
步骤203、网络设备接收终端设备发送的物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令。
所述网络设备通过解析所述物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令，可得到第一波束的标识，从而得知发生波束失败的至少一个下行服务波束，和/或，满足第一条件的波束。
网络设备可以根据第一波束的标识，从所述网络设备的下行服务波束集中删除发生波束失败的至少一个下行服务波束；可选地，还可以将满足第一条件的下行波束添加到下行服务波束集中。
可选地，第一波束的标识可以是beam标识，还可以是SS-block标识，SS-block标识还可以是SS-block的时间索引time index，该time index携带于SS-block的PBCH中。SS-block包括中可以包括以下至少一项：主同步信号(英文：Primary Synchronization Signal，简称：PSS)、辅同步信号(英文：secondary Synchronization Signal，简称：SSS)、物理广播信道(英文：Physical Broadcast Channel，简称：PBCH)。
可选地，步骤203之后，还包括步骤204、网络设备向终端设备发送针对所述第一波束的标识的响应消息。
所述响应消息用于指示服务所述终端设备的波束的标识，可选地，所述响应消息指示的服务所述终端设备的波束可以包含终端设备上报的满足第一条件的波束，也可以不包含终端设备上报的满足第一条件的波束。可选地，所述响应消息还包括需要删除的波束的标识，所述需要删除的波束为发生波束失败的波束中的至少一个波束。可选地，所述针对所述第一波束的标识的响应消息，还可以理解波束报告的响应消息或波束恢复报告的响应消息。
可选地，在步骤204之后，还包括步骤205、终端设备接收网络设备发送的针对所述第一波束的标识的响应消息。
可选地，终端设备在收到响应消息时，可以对所述终端设备的下行服务波束集中的波束进行修改或调整操作，或者也可以不作修改或调整，以便于终端设备可以正确或有效地接收网络设备在至少一个下行波束发送的数据，其中，该至少一个下行波束是网络设备通过响应消息指示的。可选地，该数据包括下行控制面数据和/或用户面数据。
所述修改或调整操作，包括：(1)所述响应消息指示的服务所述终端设备的波束的标识与所述终端设备的下行服务波束集中的部分波束的标识不同，则终端设备根据响应消息对下行服务波束集中的部分波束进行部分调整(增加或删除)，比如，修改下行服务波束集中部分波束的角度或相位；(2)所述响应消息指示的服务所述终端设备的波束的标识与所述终端设备的下行服务波束集中的所有波束的标识均不同，则终端设备根据响应消息对下行服务波束集中的全部波束进行部分或全部调整(增加或删除)，比如，修改接收波束的相位或角度；(3)所述响应消息指示的服务所述终端设备的波束的标识与所述终端设备的下行服务波束集中的所有波束的标识均相同，则终端设备根据响应消息对下行服务波束集中的全部波束不做调整。应理解，这里只是以这三种情况为例进行说明，实际中可以有其他合理的调整或修改操作，并不对本申请实施例构成限定。
可选地，网络设备发送的所述响应消息可以包括至少一个下行波束的标识，以便于向终端设备通知用于为终端设备服务的下行波束。这里，所述至少一个下行波束可 以理解为终端设备用于更新终端设备的下行服务波束集的波束。
可选地，所述响应消息可以是上行授权(UL grant)或下行分配(DL assignment)。
可选地，网络设备发送的所述响应消息也可以通过物理层信令或MAC CE进行发送。
可选地，上述步骤202的执行需要满足一定条件，即终端设备在满足一定条件时，才触发向网络设备发送第一波束的标识，比如，可以是当终端设备对波束测量后，确定波束失败时，则触发终端设备通过物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令向所述网络设备发送第一波束的标识，可选地，若终端设备的服务波束的参考信号接收强度或参考信号接收质量在预设时长内均低于第一阈值，则确定波束失败，可选地，该服务波束的参考信号可以是控制信道和/或数据信道的参考信号，可选地，如果终端设备配置了M个服务波束，其中有N个DL beam的参考信号接收信号强度或质量在预设时长内均低于预设门限，那么终端设备确定发生波束失败，M大于等于N，M，N为整数且均可由网络配置的。参考信号可以是以下至少一种：同步信号(PSS/SSS),CSI-RS,小区参考信号(英文：Cell Reference Signal，简称：CRS),波束参考信号(英文：Beam Reference Signal，简称：BRS)，解调参考信号(英文：Demodulation Reference Signal，简称：DMRS)。再比如，启动或重启第一定时器，当第一定时器超时，则触发终端设备通过物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令向所述网络设备发送第一波束的标识，可选地，所述第一定时器在生成MAC层控制信令时，可重启并重新计时。
再比如，启动或重启第二定时器，当第二定时器超时，且未收到针对第二波束的标识的响应时，则触发终端设备通过物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令向所述网络设备发送第一波束的标识，可选地，所述第二定时器在生成MAC层控制信令时，可重启并重新计时，其中，第二波束为发生波束失败的波束或满足上述第一条件的波束，其中，第一波束与第二波束可以相同，也可以不同，具体来说，终端设备向网络设备发送第二波束的标识，当在第二定时器超时之前，终端设备一直未收到针对第二波束的标识的响应，则终端设备可重新上报第二波束(这里，第二波束与第一波束相同)，或者是终端设备重新进行波束测量，并将测量得到的第一波束上报至网络设备。
可选地，在上述步骤201之后，若终端设备确定没有可用的上行资源，则终端设备执行步骤202之前，还包括：终端设备向网络设备发送第一请求，所述第一请求用于请求上行资源，进一步地，终端设备从网络设备接收用于指示上行资源的第二指示信息，可选地，所述上行资源用于传输上述物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令，所述物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令包含所述第一波束的标识。在一种可能的设计中，所述第一请求为随机接入的前导序列，且通过物理随机接入信道发送至所述网络设备，并接收网络设备发送的针对所述随机接入的前导序列的响应消息中包括用于指示上行资源的第二指示信息；在另一种可能的设计中，所述第一请求为上行控制信令，且通过物理上行控制信道发送至所述网络设备。
下面结合一个具体的示例对上述方法步骤进行说明。
假设终端设备维护两个服务beam，具体为beam1和beam2，即终端设备的下行波束服务集为{beam1，beam2}，同样地，网络设备针对该终端设备的下行波束服务集也为{beam1，beam2}。
终端设备监听beam1和beam2的PDCCH，以便获取可能的下行控制信令，比如 下行分配(downlink assignment)或上行授权UL grant。由于终端设备移动到一个新的位置，终端设备经过测量，确定beam1和beam2的信号质量或强度变得较弱(比如，beam1和beam2的信号质量或强度小于门限值)，因而确定发生波束失败，并且终端设备确定beam3的信号质量或强度较好，因而beam3可以考虑添加为新的服务beam。
针对高频小区的测量，由于终端设备确定发生波束失败，此时，分为两种情形：
1)如果终端设备接收到网络设备发送的UL grant，根据该UL grant，终端设备生成物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令，其中包含第一波束的标识，所述第一波束的标识为beam1的标识、beam2的标识，或者为beam1的标识、beam2的标识、beam3的标识，或者为beam3的标识，并向网络设备发送物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令。物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令可用于通知网络设备beam1和beam2的信号强度或质量较差，beam3的信号质量好。根据物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令，网络设备决定不再通过beam1和beam2向终端设备发送下行控制信令，并把beam3添加为服务终端设备的beam3，后续将会通过beam3向终端设备发送下行控制信令。终端设备接收到网络设备发送的针对上述物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令的响应之后，不再beam1和beam2上监听PDCCH，在beam3上监听PDCCH。并且，终端设备和网络设备均将各自的下行服务波束集调整为{beam3}。
2)如果终端设备没有接收到网络设备发送的UL grant，则触发终端设备通过物理上行控制信道(英文：Physical Uplink Shared CHannel，简称：PUCCH)或物理随机接入信道(英文：Physical Random Access Channel，简称：PRACH)，向网络设备发送第一请求,该所述第一请求用于请求上行资源，在请求到上行资源后，可进一步地，根据上述1)，向网络设备继续发送包含第一波束的标识的物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令。
针对上述步骤202，在一种可能的实现方式中，当终端设备向网络设备发送MAC层控制信令时，还可以通过以下方式实现：
可选地，终端设备中的数据(包括控制面数据和用户面数据)具有发送优先级，终端设备根据上行资源和预设的发送发送优先级，进行资源分配，并按照发送优先级高低顺序，优先分配资源给发送优先级高的数据。可选地，所述预设发送发送优先级可以是协议预先规定的，或由网络设备预先配置的，在一种可能的实现方式中，终端设备的MAC层按照发送优先级高低顺序，优先分配资源给发送优先级高的数据，可选地，MAC层控制信令的发送发送优先级大于缓冲区状态报告(英文：buffer status report，简称：BSR)的发送发送优先级，可选地，MAC层控制信令的发送优先级小于终端设备的标识的控制信令的发送优先级。
例如，所述预设发送优先级从高到低，依次为：
1.C-RNTI的控制信令或UL-CCCH的数据
2.第一波束的标识的控制信令
3.BSR的控制信令
4.除UL-CCCH的数据之外的逻辑信道数据
其中，上行公共控制信道(英文：Uplink Common Control Physical Channel)，简称：UL-CCCH)的数据为SRB的数据，还可以理解为RRC层的数据，比如连接建立请求消息或重建立请求消息。小区无线网络临时标识(英文：Cell Radio Network  Temporary Identifier，简称：C-RNTI)为终端设备的标识，用于网络设备识别终端设备的身份，主要用于随机接入过程中。BSR：缓冲区状态报告，网络设备的调度参考信息，用于报告终端设备目前上行缓存中有多少数据等待传输。而网络设备根据终端设备上报的BSR分配上行传输资源，从而避免无线资源浪费。除UL-CCCH的数据之外的逻辑信道数据指的是用户面的普通数据。
上报的粒度可以以逻辑信道组或逻辑信道为粒度。终端设备把分配资源的数据进行复用和组装，生成一个MAC包，比如传输块或MAC协议数据单元(英文：Protocol Data Unit，简称：PDU)。终端设备根据所述上行资源，向网络设备发送MAC包。
可以理解的，终端设备可以执行上述实施例中的预设优先级的部分或全部优先级操作，这些操作仅是示例，本发明实施例还可以执行其它操作或者各种操作的变形，有可能并非要执行上述实施例中的全部优先级的操作。比如优先级只有1>2>3，不考虑4，等等。
下面结合具体例子进行说明。
假设上行传输资源包括的传输块大小为50bytes，也就是说，该无线传输资源最多能够传输50bytes的数据。假设C-RNTI需要15bytes的资源，第一波束的标识需要30bytes，BSR需要10bytes。由于基站分配的上行传输资源包括的传输块大小不能够同时上报C-RNTI、第一波束的标识、BSR。那么终端设备根据优先级：C-RNTI>第一波束的标识>BSR，优先分配资源给优先级高的数据。也就是说，分配15bytes的资源给C-RNTI，再从剩余的35bytes资源中分配30bytes资源给第一波束的标识，剩余5bytes的资源，不足以上报BSR，此时就不会上报BSR，但是可以上报一些padding数据，继而组成一个MAC PDU，如图14所示。
针对终端设备向网络设备发送第一请求，在一种可能的实现方式中，可通过下述方式实现：
1)、第一请求为随机接入前导序列。
当第一请求为随机接入前导序列时，具体实现过程中，包括以下步骤：
步骤1、终端设备接收网络设备发送的随机接入配置信息。
所述配置信息包括N个RACH配置信息(包括RACH时频资源、可选地，还包括Preamble组)、该N个RACH配置信息关联用于发送SS-Block或第一CSI-RS的下行波束的标识信息。该DL beam的标识信息可以是PBCH信道中的time index。
步骤2、终端设备进行基于SS-block或第一CSI-RS的波束测量，确定可用的或最好的下行波束。
终端设备根据所述可用的或最好的下行波束的标识，确定所述可用的或最好的下行波束的标识的关联的RACH配置，并使用所述RACH配置向网络设备发送Preamble。
步骤3、终端设备在所述下行波束上接收网络设备发送的随机接入响应消息，该随机接入响应消息包括上行授权，上行时间提前量等。
具体地，当终端设备发送了随机接入前导序列，终端设备在随机接入响应窗口内使用RA-RNTI监听PDCCH，以便接收网络设备发送的针对该随机接入前导序列的随机接入响应消息。该随机接入响应窗口的时长可以预先规定的或网络预先配置。
RA-RNTI的计算可以通过以下公式进行：
RA-RNTI可以通过参数：t_id、f_id、slot_id共同得出的。
RA-RNTI可以通过参数：t_id、f_id、symbol_id共同得出的。
RA-RNTI可以通过参数：t_id、f_id、slot_id、symbol_id共同得出的。
如下：
RA-RNTI＝1+a*t_id+b*symbol_id+c*f_id+d*slot_id
a,b,c,d为自然数或非负整数。本发明方案包括以上公式的任意组合。
比如一种可能的组合形式：
RA-RNTI＝1+t_id+max_t*time_unit_id+(max_t+max_t*max_time_unit)*f_id
其中，t_id是PRACH资源所在的第一个子帧的子帧编号，为整数；max_t是一个无线帧的子帧数；time_unit_id是PRACH资源所在的第一个子帧的第一个time_unit的time_unit编号,其中该time_unit可以为slot或symbol(参考子载波间隔的slot或symbol)，以及未来可能的时间粒度，为整数；max_time_unit为max_time_unit在一个子帧内time_unit数且为整数；f_id是PRACH资源所在频域资源的索引。
比如另外一种可能的组合形式：
RA-RNTI＝1+t_id+max_t*f_id+(max_t+max_t*max_f)*time_unit_id
其中，t_id是PRACH资源所在的第一个子帧的子帧编号，为整数；max_t是一个无线帧的子帧数；time_unit_id是PRACH资源所在的第一个子帧的第一个time_unit的time_unit编号,其中该time_unit可以为slot或symbol，以及未来可能的时间粒度，为整数；max_time_unit为max_time_unit在一个子帧内time_unit数且为整数；f_id是PRACH资源所在频域资源的索引。
可选地，RAR还可以包括至少一个第二CSI-RS配置信息，用于终端设备进行CSI-RS的波束测量。其中，任意一个第二CSI-RS配置信息还可以包括该第二CSI-RS配置的标识信息，比如CSI-RS index。RAR还可以包括N值，该N值用于终端设备从N个beam的参考信号接收功率和/或参考信号接收质量中合成小区的参考信号接收功率和/或参考信号接收质量。该N值还可以在从***消息中获得。
步骤4、终端设备根据随机接入响应包括的上行授权，向网络设备发送第一波束的标识。
可选地，所述第一波束的标识可通过MAC控制信令进行发送的，还可以理解为发送波束报告或发送波束恢复报告。
可选地，作为步骤4的一种可替代的方案，所述终端设备向网络设备发送第三波束的标识。
所述第三波束为满足第二条件的第二CSI-RS的配置标识对应的波束中的部分或全部波束。其中，第二CSI-RS的配置标识可以为CSI-RS index，所述第二条件为基于第二CSI-RS测量的信号的质量或强度较好的N个第二CSI-RS的配置标识，或，基于第二CSI-RS测量的信号质量或强度大于阈值的N个第二CSI-RS的配置标识。
可选地所述终端设备还向网络设备发送基于第二CSI-RS的波束的参考信号接收功率(Reference Signal Receiving Power，简称：RSRP)和/或参考信号接收质量(英文：Reference Signal Receiving Quality，简称：RSRQ)。可选地所述终端设备还向网络设备发送基于第二CSI-RS的小区参考信号接收功率(Reference Signal Receiving Power，简称：RSRP)和/或参考信号接收质量(英文：Reference Signal Receiving Quality，简称：RSRQ)。
步骤5、终端设备接收网络设备发送的竞争解决消息。所述竞争解决消息可以C-RNTI加扰的下行控制信令，比如UL grant或DL assignment。可选地，该竞争解决消息还可以携带针对第一波束的标识或第二CSI-RS配置的标识的响应消息。
可选地，终端设备在所述第一波束或第二CSI-RS配置关联的接收波束中接收网络设备发送的竞争解决消息。
2)、第一请求为物理层控制信令。
步骤1、终端设备通过物理上行控制信道向网络设备发送第一请求。
步骤2、终端设备接收网络设备发送上行授权。
步骤3、终端设备根据随机接入响应包括的上行授权，向网络设备发送第一波束的标识。
步骤4、终端设备接收网络设备发送的针对第一波束的标识的响应消息。
以上，即为终端设备向网络设备发送第一请求的两种可能的实现方式，当然，实际应用中不限于上述两种实现方式。
可选地，该物理上行信道可以位于主小区或辅小区中。
可选地，在一种可能的实现方式中，在上述步骤201之后，若终端设备确定没有可用的上行资源，则终端设备不执行步骤202～步骤204，而是执行以下步骤：
步骤1、终端设备通过物理上行控制信道向网络设备发送第二请求，所述第二请求消息中携带第一波束的标识。
可选地，第二请求为上行控制信令。
步骤2、终端设备接收网络设备发送的针对第一波束的标识的响应消息。
在该实现方式下，终端设备通过第二请求将第一波束的标识发送至网络设备，因而无需进一步请求上行资源，可节约开销和提高处理速度。
可选地，该物理上行信道可以位于主小区或辅小区中。
在以上任一实现方案中，可选地，网络设备还可以在向终端设备发送针对第一波数的响应消息时，可在响应消息中携带CSI-RS的配置信息，用于终端设置针对CSI-RS进行波束测量。终端设备在接收到所述配置信息，进行波束测量，生成测量结果，并向网络设备发送所述基于CSI-RS的波束测量结果。
可选地，针对上述任一实现方式，若终端设备无法收到服务于终端设备的波束的标识，则向网络设备发送连接重建立请求，其中，终端设备在以下情形下，可认为无法收到服务于终端设备的波束的标识，例如，当终端设备向网络设备发送第一波束的标识时，终端设备未收到针对所述第一波束的标识的响应消息，并且终端设备确定当前波束均不可用，则终端设备确定无线链路失败，从而向网络设备发送连接重建立请求，可选地，所述连接重建立请求可以是无线资源控制(英文：Radio Resource Control，简称：RRC)连接重建立请求；再比如，当终端设备向网络设备发送第一请求，所述第一请求用于请求上行资源，所述终端设备在设定时长内未接收到针对所述第一请求的响应消息，并且终端设备发送所述第一请求的次数超过预设次数，则终端设备确定无线链路失败，从而向网络设备发送连接重建立请求，可选地，所述连接重建立请求可以是RRC连接重建立请求。
下面结合具体的例子进行详细说明。
终端设备的物理层在以下任一场景下，向终端设备的RRC层指示失步指示(out of  sync)：
情形1、没有一个服务波束的参考信号接收质量或强度超过门限
情形2、没有一个服务波束的参考信号接收质量或强度超过门限，且，没有其他可用的下行波束
方案一、当终端设备的RRC层接收到物理层的连续N个失步指示，启动第四定时器。在第四定时器运行期间，接收到PHY层的in sync指示，停止第四定时器。N为整数，是由网络设备配置的或协议预先规定的。
当第四定时器启动时，终端设备确定无线链路失败，因而发起RRC重建立。
方案二、当终端设备确定波束失败时，终端设备启动第三定时器，所述第三定时器用于终端设备搜索或鉴别可用的下行波束。若第三定时器超时，仍然没有可用的服务波束，且没有搜索出其他新的可用的波束，则终端设备确定无线链路失败，因而发起RRC重建立过程，若第三定时器超时，但确定有至少一个可用的服务波束，则向网络设备发送第一波束的标识，具体可参考步骤201～步骤204的描述。需要说明的是，“可用”可以理解为，波束的参考信号接收质量或强度大于或等于门限。
可选地，当终端设备向网络设备发送第一波束的标识后，在预设时间内一直未接收到网络设备发送的针对第一波束的标识的的响应消息或针对波束报告的响应消息，则终端设备确定无线链路失败，并发起RRC重建立。具体的，终端设备的物理层或MAC层向终端设备的RRC层发送波束失败指示，终端设备RRC层确定无线链路失败，发起RRC重建立。
可选地，当终端设备向网络设备发送了M次第一请求，且一直未接收到网络设备发送的针对第一请求的响应消息或针对第一波束的标识的响应消息，则终端设备确定无线链路失败，并发起RRC重建立过程，M为整数，是由网络设备配置的或协议预先规定的。具体的，终端设备的物理层或MAC层向终端设备的RRC层发送波束失败指示，终端设备RRC层确定无线链路失败，发起RRC重建立。
可选地，第三定时器和第四定时器的时长可以由协议预先规定的，或，网络设备预先配置的。
本申请中，上述步骤201中，终端设备对网络设备的波束进行测量，可选地，可通过下述方式实现：
可选地，终端设备还接收网络设备发送的第一配置，所述第一配置包括窗口周期和窗口时长；所述终端设备对网络设备的波束进行测量，包括：所述终端设备根据所述窗口周期和窗口时长，对所述网络设备的波束进行测量。通过该测量方法，可避免终端设备不断的进行波束测量，因而可减少终端设备的功耗，也可省电。
具体地，参考图15，为波束测量窗口周期和窗口时长示意图，终端设备根据所述第一配置，周期性在窗口时长中进行波束测量，用于确定是否发生波束失败。例如，如图15所示，可在波束管理时间配置(英文：Beam Management Timing Configuration，简称：BMTC)的ON期间做波束测量，波束测量可以针对SS-block或CSI-RS。
可选地，如果终端设备同时还配置了非连续接收(英文：Discontinuous Reception，简称:DRX)，则终端设备还可以在非连续接收的激活期间(比如DRX ON)进行波束测量，从而确定是否发生波束失败。基站在配置BMTC的时候需要考虑DRX ON duration，比如参考图16，可以配置BMTC的ON duration在DRX ON duration之前， 以便终端设备在DRX ON期间可以确定是否有可用的下行波束接收下行控制信令(下行分配或上行授权)，如果没有，在终端设备向网络设备发送第一波束的标识，发起波束恢复过程；否则，不发起波束恢复过程。
DRX激活期间的作用是用于控制终端设备监听PDCCH，以便获取下行控制信令。可选地，监听所有激活小区的PDCCH。
针对终端设备配置了DRX的情况，可选地，在终端设备处于调度请求的触发状态的情况下，终端设备在预设时长内确定是否有可用的下行服务波束，如果有，则终端设备向网络设备发送调度请求，并监听PDCCH，以便获取可能的UL grant；如果没有，则终端设备不向网络设备发送调度请求，触发波束恢复过程。其中，调度请求用于终端设备向网络设备请求上行传输资源。通过该方式，当终端设备确定没有可用的波束时，就不发送调度请求，可节省终端设备的电量。
作为另一种实现方式，本申请还提供另一种波束管理方法，具体包括以下步骤：
步骤A、终端设备对网络设备的波束进行测量。
可选地，终端设备可以是周期性测量，或根据网络设备的指示进行测量，可选地，终端设备可测量出发生波束失败的波束，其中，发生波束失败的波束可以是参考信号接受强度RSRP或参考信号接受质量RSRQ低于第一阈值的波束，或者是，参考信号接受强度RSRP或参考信号接受质量RSRQ在预设时间内一直低于第一阈值的波束，也可以将发生波束失败的波束理解为参考信号接受强度较弱或参考信号接受质量较差的波束，可选地，终端设备还可测量出满足第一条件的波束，满足第一条件的波束可以是参考信号接受强度或参考信号接受质量高于第二阈值的波束，也可以将满足第一条件的波束理解为参考信号接受强度较强或参考信号接受质量较好的N个波束，其中N大于等于1。
步骤B、在终端设备处于第一状态(本申请中，第一状态也称为波束恢复报告的触发状态)的情况下，所述终端设备确定是否有上行资源。
该上行资源可以包括以下内容中的部分或者全部：传输块大小、物理时频资源块(比如数目)、用于指示新传或重传、调制编码方案、HARQ进程ID、冗余版本。该上行资源可以是动态调度的上行资源，还可以是，半静态调度的上行资源，还可以是，基于竞争的上行资源(多个终端共享的上行资源，比如Grant free资源)。可选地，所述上行资源可以用于指示主小区或辅小区的上行资源。可选地，所述上行资源为用于上报波束恢复报告的上行传输资源。
步骤C、若所述终端设备确定有上行资源，那么根据上行资源，生成波束恢复报告。
其中，波束恢复报告包含第一波束的标识，所述第一波束为发生波束失败的波束或满足第一条件的波束。
所述波束恢复报告用于通知网络设备发生beam failure的至少一个下行服务波束，可选地，还可以包括用于通知网络设备参考信号接受强度或质量较好的下行波束。网络设备可以根据波束恢复报告从下行服务波束集中删除发生beam failure的至少一个下行服务波束；添加参考信号接受强度或质量较好的下行波束到下行服务波束集中。
可选地，波束恢复报告可以通过物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令进行发送的。
步骤D、根据所述上行资源，终端设备向网络设备发送所述波束恢复报告。
网络设备根据所述波束恢复报告确定哪一个或哪些下行波束可以用于与终端设备进行数据传输，比如是否通过这些下行波束发送下行控制信令。如果网络设备确定至少一个服务服务波束不再用于发送下行控制信令，和/或至少一个下行服务波束可以用于发送下行控制信令,则网络设备生成一个波束恢复报告的响应消息。终端设备根据波束恢复报告的响应消息，调整接收波束的设置，以便有效的获取下行控制信令。
在上述步骤B中，若终端设备确定没有可用的上行资源，则在步骤C之前，还包括：
步骤E、终端设备向网络设备发送波束恢复请求。
可选地，所述波束恢复请求可以上行控制信令或随机接入前导。
可选地，终端设备在发送波束恢复请求之前，进入第二状态(也可以称为波束恢复请求的触发状态)。所述beam recovery请求的触发状态用于触发发送波束恢复请求。
可选地，所述波束恢复请求可以是随机接入的前导序列，通过物理随机接入信道进行发送的。
可选地，所述波束恢复请求还可以上行控制信令，通过物理上行控制信道进行发送的。
在一种可能的实现方式中，当满足下述条件中的一个或多个时，触发终端设备进入第一状态(波束恢复报告的触发状态)：
条件1、第五定时器超时。
所述第五定时器用于周期性触发进入第一状态。
条件2、第六定时器超时。
所述第六定时器用于在终端设备没有接收到针对所述波束恢复报告的响应消息时，再次进入第一状态。
条件3、终端确定发生波束失败。
可选地，若终端设备的服务波束的参考信号接收强度或参考信号接收质量在预设时长内均低于第一阈值，则确定波束失败，可选地，该服务波束的参考信号可以是控制信道和/或数据信道的参考信号，可选地，如果终端设备配置了M个服务波束，其中有N个DL beam的参考信号接收信号强度或质量在预设时长内均低于预设门限，那么终端设备确定发生波束失败，M大于等于N，M，N为整数且均可由网络配置的。参考信号可以是以下至少一种：同步信号(PSS/SSS),CSI-RS,小区参考信号(英文：Cell Reference Signal，简称：CRS),BRS，解调参考信号(英文：Demodulation Reference Signal，简称：DMRS)。
在一种可能的实现方式中，当满足下述条件中的一个或多个时，触发终端设备取消第一状态(波束恢复报告的触发状态)：
条件1、根据该上行资源，生成波束恢复报告后，取消第一状态。
即在生成波束恢复报告后取消第一状态。
条件2、根据该上行资源，生成波束恢复报告，并向网络设备发送波束恢复报告，终端设备接收网络设备发送的波束恢复报告的响应消息后，取消第一状态。
即在接收到针对波束恢复报告的响应消息后取消第一状态。
条件3、根据该上行资源，向网络设备发送波束恢复报告，取消第一状态。
即在发送波束恢复报告后取消第一状态。
条件4、当生成的MAC PDU(协议数据单元)包括波束恢复报告(或包含第一波束的标识)，，取消第一状态。
在一种可能的实现方式中，当满足下述条件中的一个或多个时，触发终端设备进入第二状态(波束恢复请求的触发状态)：
条件1、当终端设备进入第一状态，且确定没有可用的上行资源时，进入第二状态。
在一种可能的实现方式中，当满足下述条件中的一个或多个时，触发终端设备取消第二状态(波束恢复请求的触发状态)：
条件1、根据该上行资源，生成波束恢复报告后，取消第二状态。
即在生成波束恢复报告后取消第二状态。
条件2、根据该上行资源，生成波束恢复报告，并向网络设备发送波束恢复报告，终端设备接收网络设备发送的波束恢复报告的响应消息后，取消第二状态。
即在接收到针对波束恢复报告的响应消息后取消第二状态。
条件3、根据该上行资源，向网络设备发送波束恢复报告，取消第二状态。
即在发送波束恢复报告后取消第二状态。
条件4、当生成的MAC PDU包括波束恢复报告(或包含第一波束的标识)，取消第一状态。
基于以上给出的触发第一状态/第二状态，和取消第一状态/第二状态的实现方法，终端设备可根据当前所处的状态，判断是否可以向网络设备发送波束恢复报告/波束恢复请求。
针对终端设备发送波束恢复请求的具体实现方法，可参考本申请前述实施例中终端设备发送第一请求的方法，此处不再赘述。
针对终端设备测量波束的方法，也可参考本申请前述实施例中终端设备测量波束的方法，此处不再赘述。上述本申请提供的实施例中，分别从各个网元本身、以及从各个网元之间交互的角度对本申请实施例提供的波束管理方法进行了介绍。可以理解的是，各个网元，例如终端设备(例如UE)、网络设备(例如基站)等为了实现上述功能，其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。
基于相同的发明构思，本申请实施例还提供一种网络设备600，如图17所示，该网络设备600可应用于执行上述任一实施例中由网络设备执行的方法。网络设备600包括一个或多个远端射频单元(英文：remote radio unit，简称：RRU)601和一个或多个基带单元(英文：baseband unit，简称：BBU)602。所述RRU601可以称为收发单元、收发机、收发电路、或者收发器等等，其可以包括至少一个天线6011和射频单元6012。所述RRU601部分主要用于射频信号的收发以及射频信号与基带信号的转换。所述BBU602部分主要用于进行基带处理，对网络设备进行控制等。所述RRU601与 BBU602可以是物理上设置在一起，也可以物理上分离设置的，即分布式网络设备。
所述BBU602为网络设备的控制中心，也可以称为处理单元，主要用于完成基带处理功能，如信道编码，复用，调制，扩频等等。例如所述BBU(处理单元)可以用于控制网络设备执行上述任一实施例中由网络设备执行的方法。
在一个示例中，所述BBU602可以由一个或多个单板构成，多个单板可以共同支持单一接入制式的无线接入网(如LTE网)，也可以分别支持不同接入制式的无线接入网。所述BBU602还包括存储器6021和处理器6022。所述存储器6021用以存储必要的指令和数据。所述处理器6022用于控制网络设备进行必要的动作，例如用于控制网络设备执行上述任一实施例中由网络设备执行的方法。所述存储器6021和处理器6022可以服务于一个或多个单板。也就是说，可以每个单板上单独设置存储器和处理器。也可以是多个单板公用相同的存储器和处理器。此外每个单板上还设置有必要的电路。
在上行链路上，通过所述天线6011接收终端设备发送的上行链路信号(包括数据等)，在下行链路上，通过所述天线6011向终端设备发送下行链路信号(包括数据和/或控制信息)，在所述处理器6022中，对业务数据和信令消息进行处理，这些单元根据无线接入网采用的无线接入技术(例如，LTE、NR及其他演进***的接入技术)来进行处理。所述处理器6022还用于对网络设备的动作进行控制管理，用于执行上述实施例中由网络设备进行的处理。所述处理器6022还用于支持网络设备执行图13中涉及由网络设备处理的过程。
可以理解的是，图17仅仅示出了所述网络设备的简化设计。在实际应用中，所述网络设备可以包含任意数量的天线，存储器，处理器，射频单元，RRU，BBU等，而所有可以实现本申请的网络设备都在本申请的保护范围之内。
具体地，本申请中，以RRU601称为收发器为例，则网络设备600中的收发器和处理器具体可用于执行：
收发器，用于接收终端设备发送的物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令，所述物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令包含第一波束的标识，所述第一波束为发生波束失败的波束或满足第一条件的波束；
所述收发器还用于，向所述终端设备发送针对所述第一波束的标识的响应消息，所述响应消息用于指示服务所述终端设备的波束的标识。
可选地，所述物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令由所述终端设备在确定发生波束失败时发送至所述网络设备；或者
所述物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令由所述终端设备在确定第一定时器超时时发送至所述网络设备；或者
所述物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令由所述终端设备在确定第二定时器超时且未收到针对第二波束的标识的响应时发送至所述网络设备，所述第二波束为发生波束失败的波束或满足第一条件的波束。
可选地，所述收发器，还用于接收所述终端设备发送的第一请求，所述第一请求用于请求上行资源；以及，向所述终端设备发送用于指示上行资源的第二指示信息；其中，所述上行资源用于传输所述物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令。
可选地，所述MAC层控制信令的发送优先级大于缓冲区状态报告的发送优先级。
可选地，所述MAC层控制信令的发送优先级小于所述终端设备的标识的控制信令的发送优先级。
可选地，所述第一请求为随机接入的前导序列，且由所述终端设备通过物理随机接入信道发送至所述网络设备；或者所述第一请求为上行控制信令，且由所述终端设备通过物理上行控制信道发送至所述网络设备。
可选地，所述收发器，用于接收所述终端设备发送的连接重建立请求，所述连接重建立请求是由所述终端设备在无法收到服务于所述终端设备的波束的标识时生成。
可选地，所述收发器还用于向所述终端设备发送第一配置，所述第一配置包括窗口周期和窗口时长；所述第一波束的标识由所述终端设备根据所述所述窗口周期和窗口时长测量得到。
基于相同的发明构思，本申请实施例还提供一种终端设备700，如图18(a)所示，为便于说明，图18(a)仅示出了终端设备的主要部件。如图18(a)所示，终端设备700包括处理器、存储器、控制电路、天线以及输入输出装置。处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理，以及对整个终端设备进行控制，执行软件程序，处理软件程序的数据，例如用于支持终端设备700执行上述任一实施例中由终端设备700执行的方法。存储器主要用于存储软件程序和数据。控制电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。控制电路和天线一起也可以叫做收发器，主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。输入输出装置，例如触摸屏、显示屏，键盘等主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。
当终端设备开机后，处理器可以读取存储单元中的软件程序，解释并执行软件程序的指令，处理软件程序的数据。当需要通过无线发送数据时，处理器对待发送的数据进行基带处理后，输出基带信号至射频电路，射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到终端设备700时，射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号，将射频信号转换为基带信号，并将基带信号输出至处理器，处理器将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。
本领域技术人员可以理解，为了便于说明，图18(a)仅示出了一个存储器和处理器。在实际的终端设备中，可以存在多个处理器和存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等，本申请对此不做限制。
作为一种可选的实现方式，处理器可以包括基带处理器和中央处理器，基带处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理，中央处理器主要用于对整个终端设备700进行控制，执行软件程序，处理软件程序的数据。图18(a)中的处理器集成了基带处理器和中央处理器的功能，本领域技术人员可以理解，基带处理器和中央处理器也可以是各自独立的处理器，通过总线等技术互联。本领域技术人员可以理解，终端设备可以包括多个基带处理器以适应不同的网络制式，终端设备700可以包括多个中央处理器以增强其处理能力，终端设备700的各个部件可以通过各种总线连接。所述基带处理器也可以表述为基带处理电路或者基带处理芯片。所述中央处理器也可以表述为中央处理电路或者中央处理芯片。对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理的功能可以内置在处理器中，也可以以软件程序的形式存储在存储单元中，由处理器执行软件程序以实现基带处理功能。
示例性的，在申请中，可以将具有收发功能的天线和控制电路视为终端设备700的收发单元701，将具有处理功能的处理器视为终端设备700的处理单元702。如图18(a)所示，终端设备700包括收发单元701和处理单元702。收发单元也可以称为收发器、收发机、收发装置等。可选地，可以将收发单元701中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元，将收发单元701中用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元，即收发单元701包括接收单元和发送单元示例性的，接收单元也可以称为接收机、接收器、接收电路等，发送单元可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。
在下行链路上，通过天线接收网络设备发送的下行链路信号(包括数据和/或控制信息)，在上行链路上，通过天线向网络设备发送上行链路信号(包括数据和/或控制信息)，在处理器中，对业务数据和信令消息进行处理，这些单元根据无线接入网采用的无线接入技术(例如，LTE、NR及其他演进***的接入技术)来进行处理。所述处理器还用于对终端设备的动作进行控制管理，用于执行上述实施例中由终端设备进行的处理。处理器还用于支持终端设备执行图13中涉及终端设备的处理过程。
可以理解的是，图18(a)仅仅示出了所述终端设备的简化设计。在实际应用中，所述终端设备可以包含任意数量的天线，存储器，处理器等，而所有可以实现本申请的终端设备都在本申请的保护范围之内。
具体地，本申请中，以收发单元称为收发器，处理单元称为处理器为例，则终端设备700中的收发器和处理器具体可用于执行：
处理器，用于对网络设备的波束进行测量；
收发器，用于通过物理层控制信令或媒体访问控制MAC层控制信令向所述网络设备发送第一波束的标识，所述第一波束为发生波束失败的波束或满足第一条件的波束。
可选地，当波束失败时，所述收发器通过物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令向所述网络设备发送第一波束的标识；或者
当第一定时器超时，所述收发器通过物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令向所述网络设备发送第一波束的标识；或者
当第二定时器超时且未收到针对第二波束的标识的响应时，所述收发器通过物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令向所述网络设备发送第一波束的标识，所述第二波束为发生波束失败的波束或满足第一条件的波束。
可选地，所述收发器还向网络设备发送第一请求，所述第一请求用于请求上行资源；以及，用于从所述网络设备接收用于指示上行资源的第二指示信息；其中，所述上行资源用于传输所述物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令。
可选地，所述MAC层控制信令的发送优先级大于缓冲区状态报告的发送优先级。
可选地所述MAC层控制信令的发送优先级小于所述终端设备的标识的控制信令的发送优先级。
可选地所述第一请求为随机接入的前导序列，且通过物理随机接入信道发送至所述网络设备；或者所述第一请求为上行控制信令，且通过物理上行控制信道发送至所述网络设备。
可选地，所述收发器若无法收到服务于所述终端设备的波束的标识，则向所述网络设备发送连接重建立请求。
可选地所述收发器接收所述网络设备发送的第一配置，所述第一配置包括窗口周期和窗口时长；所述处理器，具体用于根据所述窗口周期和窗口时长，对所述网络设备的波束进行测量。
如图18(b)所示，为本申请提供的另一终端设备示意图，其中，处理器可以包括用于终端设备的音频/视频和逻辑功能的电路。例如，处理器可以包括数字信号处理器设备、微处理器设备、模数转换器、数模转换器等等。可以根据这些设备各自的能力而在这些设备之间分配移动设备的控制和信号处理功能。处理器还可以包括内部语音编码器VC、内部数据调制解调器DM等等。此外，处理器可以包括操作一个或多个软件程序的功能，所述软件程序可以存储在存储器中。通常，处理器和所存储的软件指令可以被配置为使终端设备执行动作。例如，处理器能够操作连接程序。
终端设备还可以包括用户接口，其例如可以包括耳机或扬声器、麦克风、输出装置(例如显示器)、输入装置等等，其可操作地耦合到处理器。在这一点上，处理器可以包括用户接口电路，其被配置为至少控制所述用户接口的一个或多个元件(诸如扬声器、麦克风、显示器等等)的一些功能。处理器和/或包括处理器的用户接口电路可以被配置为通过存储在处理器可访问的存储器中的计算机程序指令(例如软件和/或固件)来控制用户接口的一个或多个元件的一个或多个功能。尽管并未示出，但是终端设备可以包括用于向与移动设备相关的各种电路供电的电池，所述电路例如为提供机械振动来作为可检测输出的电路。输入装置可以包括允许所述装置接收数据的设备，诸如小键盘、触摸显示器、游戏杆和/或至少一个其他输入设备等。
终端设备还可以包括用于共享和/或获得数据的一个或多个连接电路模块。例如，所述终端设备可以包括短距射频RF收发机和/或检测器，从而可以根据RF技术与电子设备共享和/或从电子设备获得数据。所述终端设备可以包括其他短距收发机，诸如例如红外IR收发机、使用收发机、无线通用串行总线USB收发机等等。蓝牙收发机能够根据低功耗或超低功耗蓝牙技术操作。在这一点上，终端设备并且更具体地是短距收发机能够向和/或从在所述装置附近(诸如在10米内)的电子设备发送和/或接收数据。尽管并未示出，所述终端设备能够根据各种无线联网技术来向和/或从电子设备发送和/或接收数据，这些技术包括:Wi-Fi、Wi-Fi低功耗、WLAN技术，诸如IEEE 802.11技术、IEEE 802.15技术、IEEE 802.16技术等等。
终端设备可以包括可存储与移动用户相关的信息元素的存储器，诸如用户身份模块SIM。除了SIM，所述装置还可以包括其他可移除和/或固定存储器。终端设备可以包括易失性存储器和/或非易失性存储器。例如，易失性存储器可以包括随机存取存储器RAM，其包括动态RAM和/或静态RAM、芯片上和/或芯片外高速缓冲存储器等等。非易失性存储器可以是嵌入式的和/或可移除的，其可以包括例如只读存储器、闪存存储器、磁性存储设备，例如硬盘、软盘驱动器、磁带等等、光盘驱动器和/或介质、非易失性随机存取存储器NVRAM等等。类似于易失性存储器，非易失性存储器可以包括用于数据的暂时存储的高速缓冲区域。易失性和/或非易失性存储器的至少一部分可以嵌入到处理器中。存储器可以存储一个或多个软件程序、指令、信息块、数据等等，其可以由所述终端设备用来执行移动终端的功能。例如，存储器可以包括能够唯一标识终端设备的标识符，诸如国际移动设备标志IMEI码。
基于相同的发明构思，本申请实施例还提供一种装置800，该装置800可以为网络设备，也可以为终端设备，如图19所示，该装置800至少包括处理器801和存储器802，进一步还可以包括收发器803，以及还可以包括总线804。
所述处理器801、所述存储器802和所述收发器803均通过总线804连接；
所述存储器802，用于存储计算机执行指令；
所述处理器801，用于执行所述存储器802存储的计算机执行指令；
所述装置800为网络设备时，所述处理器801执行所述存储器802存储的计算机执行指令，使得所述装置800执行本申请实施例提供的上述任一实施例中由网络设备执行的步骤，或者使得网络设备部署与该步骤对应的功能单元。
所述装置800为终端设备时，所述处理器801执行所述存储器802存储的计算机执行指令，使得所述装置800执行本申请实施例提供的上述任一实施例中由终端设备执行的步骤，或者使得终端设备部署与该步骤对应的功能单元。
处理器801，可以包括不同类型的处理器801，或者包括相同类型的处理器801；处理器801可以是以下的任一种：中央处理器(英文：Central Processing Unit，简称：CPU)、ARM处理器(AMR的英文全称为：Advanced RISC Machines，RISC的英文全称为：Reduced Instruction Set Computing，中文翻译为：精简指令集：)、现场可编程门阵列(英文：Field Programmable Gate Array，简称：FPGA)、专用处理器等具有计算处理能力的器件。一种可选实施方式，所述处理器801可以集成为众核处理器。
存储器802可以是以下的任一种或任一种组合：随机存取存储器(英文：Random Access Memory，简称：RAM)、只读存储器(英文：read only memory，简称：ROM)、非易失性存储器(英文：non-volatile memory，简称：NVM)、固态硬盘(英文：Solid State Drives，简称：SSD)、机械硬盘、磁盘、磁盘整列等存储介质。
收发器803用于装置800与其他设备进行数据交互；例如，如果装置800为网络设备，则网络设备可以执行上述任一实施例中由网络设备执行的方法；该网络设备通过收发器803与终端设备进行数据交互；如果装置800为终端设备，则终端可以上述任一实施例中由终端设备执行的方法；该终端设备通过收发器803与网络设备进行数据交互；收发器803可以是以下的任一种或任一种组合：网络接口(例如以太网接口)、无线网卡等具有网络接入功能的器件。
该总线804可以包括地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等，为便于表示，图19用一条粗线表示该总线。总线804可以是以下的任一种或任一种组合：工业标准体系结构(英文：Industry Standard Architecture，简称：ISA)总线、外设组件互连标准(英文：Peripheral Component Interconnect，简称：PCI)总线、扩展工业标准结构(英文：Extended Industry Standard Architecture，简称：EISA)总线等有线数据传输的器件。
本申请实施例提供一种计算机可读存储介质，计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机执行指令；终端设备的处理器执行该计算机执行指令，使得终端设备执行本申请提供的上述波束管理方法中由终端设备执行的步骤，或者使得终端设备部署与该步骤对应的功能单元。
本申请实施例提供一种计算机可读存储介质，计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机执行指令；网络设备的处理器执行该计算机执行指令，使得网络设备执行本申请提 供的上述波束管理方法中由网络设备执行的步骤，或者使得网络设备部署与该步骤对应的功能单元。
本申请实施例提供一种计算机程序产品，该计算机程序产品包括计算机执行指令，该计算机执行指令存储在计算机可读存储介质中。终端设备的处理器可以从计算机可读存储介质读取该计算机执行指令；处理器执行该计算机执行指令，使得终端设备执行本申请实施例提供的上述方法中由终端设备执行的步骤，或者使得终端设备部署与该步骤对应的功能单元。
本申请实施例提供一种计算机程序产品，该计算机程序产品包括计算机执行指令，该计算机执行指令存储在计算机可读存储介质中。网络设备的处理器可以从计算机可读存储介质读取该计算机执行指令；处理器执行该计算机执行指令，使得网络设备执行本申请实施例提供的上述方法中由网络设备执行的步骤，或者使得网络设备部署与该步骤对应的功能单元。
本申请还提供了一种芯片***，该芯片***包括处理器，用于支持终端设备实现上述各方面中所涉及的功能，例如，生成、接收或处理上述各方法中所涉及的数据和/或信息。在一种可能的设计中，所述芯片***还包括存储器，所述存储器，可用于保存终端设备必要的程序指令和数据。该芯片***，可以是由芯片构成，也可以是包含芯片和其他分立器件。
本申请还提供了一种芯片***，该芯片***包括处理器，用于支持网络设备实现上述各方面中所涉及的功能，例如，生成、接收或处理上述方法中所涉及的数据和/或信息。在一种可能的设计中，所述芯片***还包括存储器，所述存储器，用于保存数据接收设备必要的程序指令和数据。该芯片***，可以是由芯片构成，也可以是包含芯片和其他分立器件。
基于相同的发明构思，本申请还提供一种终端设备900，如图20所示，包括处理单元901和收发单元902，可用于执行上述任一实施例中由终端设备执行的方法，可选地，所述处理单元901和收发单元902用于执行：
处理单元901，用于对网络设备的波束进行测量；
900，用于通过物理层控制信令或媒体访问控制MAC层控制信令向所述网络设备发送第一波束的标识，所述第一波束为发生波束失败的波束或满足第一条件的波束。
可选地，当波束失败时，所述900通过物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令向所述网络设备发送第一波束的标识；或者
当第一定时器超时，所述900通过物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令向所述网络设备发送第一波束的标识；或者
当第二定时器超时且未收到针对第二波束的标识的响应时，所述900通过物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令向所述网络设备发送第一波束的标识，所述第二波束为发生波束失败的波束或满足第一条件的波束。
可选地，所述900还向网络设备发送第一请求，所述第一请求用于请求上行资源；以及，用于从所述网络设备接收用于指示上行资源的第二指示信息；其中，所述上行资源用于传输所述物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令。
可选地，所述MAC层控制信令的发送优先级大于缓冲区状态报告的发送优先级。
可选地所述MAC层控制信令的发送优先级小于所述终端设备的标识的控制信令的发送优先级。
可选地所述第一请求为随机接入的前导序列，且通过物理随机接入信道发送至所述网络设备；或者所述第一请求为上行控制信令，且通过物理上行控制信道发送至所述网络设备。
可选地，所述900若无法收到服务于所述终端设备的波束的标识，则向所述网络设备发送连接重建立请求。
可选地所述900接收所述网络设备发送的第一配置，所述第一配置包括窗口周期和窗口时长；所述处理单元901，具体用于根据所述窗口周期和窗口时长，对所述网络设备的波束进行测量。
基于相同的发明构思，本申请还提供一种网络设备1000，如图21所示，包括处理单元1001和收发单元1002，可用于执行上述任一实施例中由网络设备执行的方法，可选地，所述处理单元1001和收发单元1002用于执行：
收发单元1002，用于接收终端设备发送的物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令，所述物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令包含第一波束的标识，所述第一波束为发生波束失败的波束或满足第一条件的波束；
所述收发单元1002还用于，向所述终端设备发送针对所述第一波束的标识的响应消息，所述响应消息用于指示服务所述终端设备的波束的标识。
可选地，所述物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令由所述终端设备在确定发生波束失败时发送至所述网络设备；或者
所述物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令由所述终端设备在确定第一定时器超时时发送至所述网络设备；或者
所述物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令由所述终端设备在确定第二定时器超时且未收到针对第二波束的标识的响应时发送至所述网络设备，所述第二波束为发生波束失败的波束或满足第一条件的波束。
可选地，所述收发单元1002，还用于接收所述终端设备发送的第一请求，所述第一请求用于请求上行资源；以及，向所述终端设备发送用于指示上行资源的第二指示信息；其中，所述上行资源用于传输所述物理层控制信令或MAC层控制信令。
可选地，所述MAC层控制信令的发送优先级大于缓冲区状态报告的发送优先级。
可选地，所述MAC层控制信令的发送优先级小于所述终端设备的标识的控制信令的发送优先级。
可选地，所述第一请求为随机接入的前导序列，且由所述终端设备通过物理随机接入信道发送至所述网络设备；或者所述第一请求为上行控制信令，且由所述终端设备通过物理上行控制信道发送至所述网络设备。
可选地，所述收发单元1002，用于接收所述终端设备发送的连接重建立请求，所述连接重建立请求是由所述终端设备在无法收到服务于所述终端设备的波束的标识时生成。
可选地，所述收发单元1002还用于向所述终端设备发送第一配置，所述第一配置包括窗口周期和窗口时长；所述第一波束的标识由所述终端设备根据所述所述窗口周 期和窗口时长测量得到。
本申请还提供的波束管理方法及终端设备、网络设备的内容，可与上述提供的通信方法及终端、基站的内容进行结合，例如，当波束管理方法及终端设备、网络设备中，终端设备确定需要做小区测量及切换时，可根据上述提供的通信方法及终端、基站的内容做小区切换。以及，当上述提供的通信方法及终端、基站的内容中，终端需要上报测量结果时，可参照波束管理方法及终端设备、网络设备中的上报方法，例如，通过物理层控制信令或媒体访问控制MAC层控制信令发送。
在上述实施例中，可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时，可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时，全部或部分地产生按照本申请所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中，或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输，例如，所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如，同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(英文：Digital Subscriber Ling，简称：DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存储的任何可用介质或者是包含一个多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如，软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如，DVD)或者半导体介质(例如，固态硬盘(英文：Solid State Disk，简称：SSD))等。
本领域技术人员还可以了解到本申请列出的各种说明性逻辑块(illustrative logical block)和步骤(step)可以通过电子硬件、电脑软件，或两者的结合进行实现。这样的功能是通过硬件还是软件来实现取决于特定的应用和整个***的设计要求。本领域技术人员可以对于每种特定的应用，可以使用各种方法实现所述的功能，但这种实现不应被理解为超出本申请保护的范围。
本申请中所描述的各种说明性的逻辑单元和电路可以通过通用处理器，数字信号处理器，专用集成电路(英文：application specific integrated circuit，简称：ASIC)，现场可编程门阵列(英文：Field－Programmable Gate Array，简称：FPGA)或其它可编程逻辑装置，离散门或晶体管逻辑，离散硬件部件，或上述任何组合的设计来实现或操作所描述的功能。通用处理器可以为微处理器，可选地，该通用处理器也可以为任何传统的处理器、控制器、微控制器或状态机。处理器也可以通过计算装置的组合来实现，例如数字信号处理器和微处理器，多个微处理器，一个或多个微处理器联合一个数字信号处理器核，或任何其它类似的配置来实现。
本申请中所描述的方法或算法的步骤可以直接嵌入硬件、处理器执行的软件单元、或者这两者的结合。软件单元可以存储于随机存取存储器(英文：Random-Access Memory，简称：RAM)、闪存、只读存储器(英文：Read-Only Memory，简称：ROM)、可擦除可编程只读寄存器(英文：Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory，简称，EPROM)、寄存器、硬盘、可移动磁盘、只读光盘(英文：Compact Disc Read-Only  Memory，简称：CD-ROM)或本领域中其它任意形式的存储媒介中。示例性地，存储媒介可以与处理器连接，以使得处理器可以从存储媒介中读取信息，并可以向存储媒介存写信息。可选地，存储媒介还可以集成到处理器中。处理器和存储媒介可以设置于ASIC中，ASIC可以设置于终端设备或网络设备中。可选地，处理器和存储媒介也可以是设置于终端设备或网络设备中的不同的部件中。
在一个或多个示例性的设计中，本申请所描述的上述功能可以在硬件、软件、固件或这三者的任意组合来实现。如果在软件中实现，这些功能可以存储与电脑可读的媒介上，或以一个或多个指令或代码形式传输于电脑可读的媒介上。电脑可读媒介包括电脑存储媒介和便于使得让电脑程序从一个地方转移到其它地方的通信媒介。存储媒介可以是任何通用或特殊电脑可以接入访问的可用媒体。例如，这样的电脑可读媒体可以包括但不限于RAM、ROM、EEPROM、CD-ROM或其它光盘存储、磁盘存储或其它磁性存储装置，或其它任何可以用于承载或存储以指令或数据结构和其它可被通用或特殊电脑、或通用或特殊处理器读取形式的程序代码的媒介。此外，任何连接都可以被适当地定义为电脑可读媒介，例如，如果软件是从一个网站站点、服务器或其它远程资源通过一个同轴电缆、光纤电脑、双绞线、数字用户线(DSL)或以例如红外、无线和微波等无线方式传输的也被包含在所定义的电脑可读媒介中。所述的碟片(disk)和磁盘(disc)包括压缩磁盘、镭射盘、光盘、数字通用光盘(英文：Digital Versatile Disc，简称：DVD)、软盘和蓝光光盘，磁盘通常以磁性复制数据，而碟片通常以激光进行光学复制数据。上述的组合也可以包含在电脑可读媒介中。
本领域技术人员应该可以意识到，在上述一个或多个示例中，本申请所描述的功能可以用硬件、软件、固件或它们的任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时，可以将这些功能存储在计算机可读介质中或者作为计算机可读介质上的一个或多个指令或代码进行传输。计算机可读介质包括计算机存储介质和通信介质，其中通信介质包括便于从一个地方向另一个地方传送计算机程序的任何介质。存储介质可以是通用或专用计算机能够存取的任何可用介质。
以上所述的具体实施方式，对本申请的目的、技术方案和有益效果进行了进一步详细说明，所应理解的是，以上所述仅为本申请的具体实施方式而已，并不用于限定本申请的保护范围，凡在本申请的技术方案的基础之上，所做的任何修改、等同替换、改进等，均应包括在本申请的保护范围之内。本申请说明书的上述描述可以使得本领域技术任何可以利用或实现本申请的内容，任何基于所公开内容的修改都应该被认为是本领域显而易见的，本申请所描述的基本原则可以应用到其它变形中而不偏离本申请的发明本质和范围。因此，本申请所公开的内容不仅仅局限于所描述的实施例和设计，还可以扩展到与本申请原则和所公开的新特征一致的最大范围。

Claims (30)

  1. 一种终端，其特征在于，包括：处理器和收发器；
    所述收发器，用于从第一基站接收第一小区的小区标识、所述第一小区的至少一个波束参数，以及与所述至少一个波束参数关联的资源；所述第一小区属于第二基站；
    所述收发器，还用于在目标波束参数对应的资源上发送信息；所述目标波束参数属于所述至少一个波束参数；
    所述收发器，还用于所述目标波束参数关联的接收波束接收针对所述信息的响应。
  2. 如权利要求1所述的终端，其特征在于，所述波束参数为信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS的标识。
  3. 如权利要求2所述的终端，其特征在于，
    所述收发器，还用于接收所述第一基站发送的第一配置，所述第一配置包括所述第二基站的至少一个CSI-RS的资源位置和标识；
    所述处理器，用于测量所述至少一个CSI-RS；
    所述收发器，还用于向所述第一基站发送所述至少一个CSI-RS中部分或者全部CSI-RS的标识；
    所述至少一个CSI-RS中部分或者全部CSI-RS的标识包括所述第一小区的至少一个波束参数。
  4. 如权利要求3所述的终端，其特征在于，所述收发器，还用于所述第一基站发送所述至少一个CSI-RS中部分或者全部CSI-RS的质量、和/或功率。
  5. 如权利要求3或4所述的终端，其特征在于，所述第一小区的至少一个波束参数是根据所述部分或者全部CSI-RS的标识、质量、和/或功率中的至少一项选择的。
  6. 如权利要求3至5任一所述的终端，其特征在于，所述收发器，还用于所述第一基站发送的第二配置，所述第二配置包括测量频点；
    所述终端对在所述频点上的至少一个同步信号进行测量，所述至少一个同步信号属于至少一个小区，所述至少一个小区包括所述第一小区；
    所述收发器，还用于向所述第一基站发送至少一个小区中部分或者全部小区的标识，以及所述部分或者全部小区的质量或者功率，以及所述部分或者全部小区的至少一个SS block的标识。
  7. 如权利要求6所述的终端，其特征在于，所述收发器，还用于所述第一基站发送所述部分或者全部小区的至少一个SS block关联的同步信号的质量和/或功率。
  8. 如权利要求6或7所述的终端，其特征在于，
    所述至少一个SS block关联的同步信号的质量或者功率满足第一条件。
  9. 如权利要求6至8任一所述的终端，其特征在于，
    与所述第二基站的至少一个CSI-RS有关联的SS block属于所述部分或者全部小区的至少一个SS block。
  10. 如权利要求1所述的终端，其特征在于，
    所述波束参数为SS block的标识。
  11. 如权利要求10所述的终端，其特征在于，所述收发器，还用于所述第一基站发送的第三配置，所述第三配置包括测量频点；
    所述处理器，还用于对在所述频点上的至少一个同步信号进行测量，所述至少一 个同步信号属于至少一个小区，所述至少一个小区包括所述第一小区；
    所述收发器，还用于向所述第一基站发送至少一个小区中部分或者全部小区的标识，以及所述部分或者全部小区的信号或者功率，以及所述部分或者全部小区的至少一个SS block的标识；
    所述部分或者全部小区的至少一个SS block的标识包括所述第一小区的至少一个波束参数。
  12. 如权利要求11所述的终端，其特征在于，所述收发器，还用于所述第一基站发送所述部分或者全部小区的至少一个SS block的质量、和/或功率。
  13. 如权利要求11或12所述的终端，其特征在于，
    所述波束参数是根据所述部分或者全部小区的至少一个SS block的标识、质量、和/或功率中的至少一项选择的。
  14. 如权利要求11至13任一所述的终端，其特征在于，
    所述部分或者全部小区的至少一个SS block关联的同步信号的质量或者功率满足第一条件。
  15. 如权利要求1所述的终端，其特征在于，所述波束参数为SS block的标识，或者为CSI-RS的标识。
  16. 如权利要求15所述的终端，其特征在于，所述收发器，用于所述第一基站接收第一配置，所述第一配置包括所述第一小区的至少一个CSI-RS的资源位置和标识；
    所述处理器，还用于测量所述第一小区的至少一个CSI-RS和所述第一小区的至少一个同步信号；
    所述收发器，用于向所述第一基站发送所述第一小区的第一质量、和/或第一功率，所述第一质量、和/或第一功率是基于所述第一小区的至少一个CSI-RS中部分或者全部CSI-RS的质量、和/或功率获得的，以及所述第一小区的第二质量、和/或第二功率，所述第二质量、和/或第二功率是基于所述至少一个同步信号中的部分或者全部同步信号的质量、和/或功率获得的。
  17. 如权利要求1、15和16任一所述的终端，其特征在于，
    所述收发器，用于从所述第一基站接收第二指示；
    所述处理器，用于测量服务小区的至少一个CSI-RS；
    所述收发器响应于所述第二指示，，用于向所述第一基站发送所述服务小区的第三质量、和/或第三功率，所述第三质量、和/或第三功率是基于所述服务小区的至少一个CSI-RS中部分或者全部CSI-RS的质量、和/或功率获得的。
  18. 如权利要求1和15至17任一所述的终端，其特征在于，所述收发器，用于从所述第一基站接收第三指示；
    所述处理器，用于测量服务小区的至少一个同步信号；
    所述收发器，用于响应于所述第三指示，向所述第一基站发送所述服务小区的第四质量、和/或第四功率，所述第四质量、和/或第四功率是基于所述服务小区的至少一个同步信号中的部分或者全部同步信号的质量、和/或功率获得的。
  19. 如权利要求1至18任一所述的终端，其特征在于，还包括：
    所述资源为随机接入资源，所述信息为前导序列，所述响应包括上行时间提前量。
  20. 如权利要求1至18任一所述的终端，其特征在于，还包括：
    所述资源为上行资源，所述信息为上行数据，所述响应为HARQ反馈。
  21. 如权利要求20所述的终端，其特征在于，
    所述上行数据包括RRC连接重配置完成消息。
  22. 一种基站，其特征在于，包括处理器和收发器；
    所述收发器，用于从终端接收所述至少一个CSI-RS中部分或者全部CSI-RS的标识；
    所述收发器，还用于向所述第二基站发送所述至少一个CSI-RS中部分或者全部CSI-RS的标识；
    所述收发器，还用于从所述第二基站接收第一小区的小区标识、所述第一小区的至少一个波束参数，以及与所述至少一个波束参数关联的资源；所述第一小区属于所述第二基站；
    所述收发器，还用于向所述终端发送第一小区的小区标识、所述第一小区的至少一个波束参数，以及与所述至少一个波束参数关联的资源；所述第一小区的至少一个波束参数属于所述至少一个CSI-RS中部分或者全部CSI-RS的标识，所述波束参数为CSI-RS的标识。
  23. 如权利要求22所述的基站，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述收发器，还用于接收第二基站的至少一个CSI-RS的资源位置和标识；
    所述收发器，还用于向所述终端发送第一配置，所述第一配置包括所述第二基站的至少一个CSI-RS的资源位置和标识。
  24. 如权利要求23所述的基站，其特征在于，所述收发器，还用于向所述终端发送测量频点；
    所述收发器，还用于从所述终端接收与所述测量频点关联的至少一个小区中部分或者全部小区的标识，以及所述部分或者全部小区的质量或者功率，以及所述部分或者全部小区的至少一个SS block的标识；
    所述收发器，还用于向所述第二基站发送所述部分或者全部小区中与所述第二基站关联的小区的标识，以及与所述第二基站关联的小区的至少一个SS block的标识；
    所述至少一个SS block中的部分或者全部SS block与所述第二基站的至少一个CSI-RS有关联。
  25. 一种基站，其特征在于，包括处理器和收发器；
    所述收发器，用于从终端接收至少一个小区中部分或者全部小区的标识及与所述部分或者全部小区的标识关联的SS block的标识；
    所述收发器，还用于向所述第二基站发送所述部分或者全部小区中与所述第二基站关联的小区的标识，以及与所述第二基站关联的小区的至少一个SS block的标识；
    所述收发器，还用于从所述第二基站接收第一小区的小区标识、所述第一小区的至少一个波束参数，以及与所述至少一个波束参数关联的资源；所述第一小区属于所述第二基站；
    所述收发器，还用于向所述终端发送第一小区的小区标识、所述第一小区的至少一个波束参数，以及与所述至少一个波束参数关联的资源；所述第一小区的至少一个波束参数属于所述至少一个SS block的标识，所述波束参数为SS block的标识。
  26. 如权利要求25所述的基站，其特征在于，所述收发器，还用于向所述终端发 送测量频点；所述测量频点与所述至少一个小区有关联。
  27. 一种基站，其特征在于，包括处理器和收发器；
    所述收发器，用于从第二基站接收至少一个小区的标识、与所述至少一个小区关联的CSI-RS的标识和资源位置；
    所述收发器，还用于向终端发送所述至少一个小区的标识、与所述至少一个小区关联的CSI-RS的标识和资源位置；
    所述收发器，还用于从所述终端接收所述至少一个小区中部分或全部小区的标识、与所述部分或全部小区关联的SS block的标识、和/或CSI-RS的标识。
  28. 如权利要求27所述的基站，其特征在于，所述收发器，还用于向所述第二基站发送所述至少一个小区中部分或全部小区的标识、与所述部分或全部小区关联的SS block的标识、和/或CSI-RS的标识；
    所述收发器，还用于从所述第二基站接收第一小区的标识、与所述第一小区关联的至少波束参数，所述至少一个波束参数属于所述关联的SS block的标识、和/或CSI-RS的标识，所述第一小区属于所述至少一个小区；
    所述收发器，还用于向所述终端发送所述第一小区的标识、与所述第一小区关联的至少波束参数，所述至少一个波束参数属于所述关联的SS block的标识、和/或CSI-RS的标识。
  29. 一种基站，其特征在于，包括处理器和收发器；
    所述收发器，还用于向终端发送第二指示；
    所述收发器，还用于接收所述终端响应于所述第二指示发送的服务小区的第三质量、和/或第三功率，所述第三质量、和/或第三功率是基于所述服务小区的至少一个CSI-RS中部分或者全部CSI-RS的质量、和/或功率获得的。
  30. 一种基站，其特征在于，包括处理器和收发器；
    所述收发器，用于向终端发送第三指示；
    所述收发器，还用于接收所述终端响应于所述第三指示发送的所述服务小区的第四质量、和/或第四功率，所述第四质量、和/或第四功率是基于所述服务小区的至少一个同步信号中的部分或者全部同步信号的质量、和/或功率获得的。
PCT/CN2018/084905 2017-05-03 2018-04-27 一种通信方法及终端、基站 WO2018201990A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
BR112019022826-8A BR112019022826A2 (pt) 2017-05-03 2018-04-27 Método de comunicação, terminal e estação base
EP18794114.1A EP3609225B1 (en) 2017-05-03 2018-04-27 Communication method, base station and system
US16/671,100 US11246068B2 (en) 2017-05-03 2019-10-31 Communication method between a terminal and base stations for cell handover

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201710305974.4 2017-05-03
CN201710305974.4A CN108810922B (zh) 2017-05-03 2017-05-03 一种通信方法及终端、基站

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/671,100 Continuation US11246068B2 (en) 2017-05-03 2019-10-31 Communication method between a terminal and base stations for cell handover

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018201990A1 true WO2018201990A1 (zh) 2018-11-08

Family

ID=64016668

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2018/084905 WO2018201990A1 (zh) 2017-05-03 2018-04-27 一种通信方法及终端、基站

Country Status (5)

Country Link
US (1) US11246068B2 (zh)
EP (1) EP3609225B1 (zh)
CN (1) CN108810922B (zh)
BR (1) BR112019022826A2 (zh)
WO (1) WO2018201990A1 (zh)

Cited By (19)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10660063B2 (en) 2017-11-16 2020-05-19 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Beam paging assistance
US10798622B2 (en) 2018-02-09 2020-10-06 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Beam failure recovery in carrier aggregation
US10855359B2 (en) 2017-08-10 2020-12-01 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Priority of beam failure recovery request and uplink channels
US10863570B2 (en) 2018-01-09 2020-12-08 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Beam selection in beam failure recovery request retransmission
US10887939B2 (en) 2017-08-10 2021-01-05 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Transmission power control for beam failure recovery requests
US10904940B2 (en) 2018-03-30 2021-01-26 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Configuration for beam failure recovery
US11012137B2 (en) 2018-08-09 2021-05-18 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Resource management for beam failure recovery procedures
US11039350B2 (en) 2018-04-02 2021-06-15 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Beam failure recovery
US11095355B2 (en) 2018-05-10 2021-08-17 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Prioritization in beam failure recovery procedures
US11277301B2 (en) 2017-09-07 2022-03-15 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Unified downlink control information for beam management
US11324064B2 (en) 2018-09-24 2022-05-03 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Beam failure recovery procedures
EP3944664A4 (en) * 2019-04-10 2022-05-11 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DISCONNECTION RECOVERY
US11337265B2 (en) 2017-08-10 2022-05-17 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Beam failure recovery request transmission
US11343735B2 (en) 2018-09-25 2022-05-24 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Beam configuration for secondary cells
US11419066B2 (en) 2018-02-15 2022-08-16 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Beam failure report
EP3996416A4 (en) * 2019-07-15 2022-08-31 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. SWITCHING METHOD AND COMMUNICATION APPARATUS
US11611468B2 (en) 2017-09-28 2023-03-21 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Beam management with DRX configuration
EP4207864A1 (en) * 2019-04-30 2023-07-05 Fujitsu Limited Ssb-based measurement apparatuses
US11950287B2 (en) 2017-08-10 2024-04-02 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Resource configuration of beam failure recovery request transmission

Families Citing this family (36)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10609610B2 (en) 2017-05-04 2020-03-31 Ofinno, Llc Beam-based mobility setting change
WO2018201457A1 (en) * 2017-05-05 2018-11-08 Mediatek Singapore Pte. Ltd. Handling of intermittent disconnection in a millimeter wave (mmw) system
MX2019013304A (es) * 2017-05-14 2020-02-05 Fg innovation co ltd Metodos, dispositivos y sistemas para el refinamiento de haces durante el traspaso.
AU2018306399B2 (en) * 2017-07-27 2022-12-01 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for performing random access procedure
CN109429261A (zh) * 2017-08-31 2019-03-05 索尼公司 用于无线通信的电子设备和方法
CN111226491A (zh) 2018-02-07 2020-06-02 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 链路重新配置的方法和终端设备
EP3554179B1 (en) 2018-02-14 2021-06-16 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. Wireless communication method and device
US20190313271A1 (en) * 2018-06-20 2019-10-10 Intel Corporation Apparatus, system and method of configuring new radio (nr) measurements
CN111083747A (zh) * 2018-10-19 2020-04-28 华为技术有限公司 通信方法及装置
US20210400700A1 (en) * 2018-11-08 2021-12-23 Apple Inc. A method to determine spatial quasi co-location (qcl) assumption for channel state information reference signal (csi-rs) in new radio (nr)
EP3654728A1 (en) * 2018-11-15 2020-05-20 Gemalto M2M GmbH Method for power optimized data transmission in a wireless cellular network
CN111200847A (zh) * 2018-11-16 2020-05-26 华为技术有限公司 通信方法及装置
CN111263394B (zh) * 2018-12-17 2022-07-08 维沃移动通信有限公司 信号资源测量方法及终端
US11018750B2 (en) 2019-01-03 2021-05-25 Qualcomm Incorporated Recovery mechanism for secondary cell
WO2020143055A1 (zh) * 2019-01-11 2020-07-16 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 一种测量配置方法及装置、终端
CN111447635B (zh) * 2019-01-16 2021-10-26 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 一种波束失败上报方法、基站及终端
US11109256B2 (en) * 2019-01-28 2021-08-31 Ualcomm Incorporated Beam reporting in a beam failure recovery request or a beam failure recovery procedure
CN111526565B (zh) * 2019-02-01 2021-08-27 华为技术有限公司 一种参考信号管理方法、装置及***
CN111436138A (zh) * 2019-02-14 2020-07-21 维沃移动通信有限公司 信号传输方法、设备及***
EP3925137A2 (en) * 2019-02-14 2021-12-22 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Random access procedure
CN111757453B (zh) * 2019-03-26 2021-10-15 华为技术有限公司 一种定时同步方法、装置、设备及介质
US11546816B2 (en) * 2019-03-28 2023-01-03 Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. Method and apparatus for performing a handover procedure
CN112887004B (zh) * 2019-11-29 2023-04-07 华为技术有限公司 一种通信方法及装置
CN112929921B (zh) * 2019-12-05 2023-01-13 维沃移动通信有限公司 波束失败恢复方法、终端及网络侧设备
CN113260001B (zh) * 2020-02-12 2022-06-10 维沃移动通信有限公司 关联邻小区的方法和设备
WO2021164030A1 (en) * 2020-02-21 2021-08-26 Nokia Shanghai Bell Co., Ltd. Beam failure recovery mechanism
CN117354930A (zh) * 2020-05-11 2024-01-05 富士通株式会社 波束管理装置
CN113644951B (zh) * 2020-05-11 2023-03-21 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 一种数据传输方法及设备
WO2021232231A1 (en) * 2020-05-19 2021-11-25 Qualcomm Incorporated Apparatus and method to induce high-sensitive channel state information reference signal beam switching
WO2021232226A1 (en) * 2020-05-19 2021-11-25 Qualcomm Incorporated Modifying a beam failure threshold based upon user equipment movement information
WO2022063144A1 (zh) * 2020-09-24 2022-03-31 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 一种被用于无线通信的通信节点中的方法和装置
WO2022061782A1 (zh) * 2020-09-25 2022-03-31 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 信道状态信息的反馈方法、装置、终端设备和存储介质
CN114302397B (zh) * 2021-12-31 2022-12-09 智慧足迹数据科技有限公司 基于手机信令的基站白名单生成方法及相关装置
US20230318680A1 (en) * 2022-03-31 2023-10-05 Qualcomm Incorporated Enhanced ue behavior for bfd/bfr in drx mode
CN117641473A (zh) * 2022-08-12 2024-03-01 华为技术有限公司 一种通信方法及装置
CN117793727A (zh) * 2022-09-19 2024-03-29 中兴通讯股份有限公司 波束参数计算方法、电子设备及存储介质

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20140073329A1 (en) * 2012-09-12 2014-03-13 Korea Advanced Institute Of Science And Technology Apparatus and method for handover in wireless communication system
CN106134250A (zh) * 2014-03-31 2016-11-16 阿尔卡特朗讯 用于操作无线电通信***中的第一基站和第二基站的方法及其第一基站和第二基站

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP1983781B1 (en) * 2006-02-08 2014-12-24 Fujitsu Ltd. Wireless communication system using multiantenna transmission technique
CN102651910A (zh) * 2011-02-24 2012-08-29 华为技术有限公司 一种管理用户设备的方法及装置
GB2493781B (en) * 2011-08-19 2016-07-27 Nvidia Corp Wireless communications system and method
US10264478B2 (en) * 2011-12-16 2019-04-16 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Methods and apparatus to enhance reliability in millimeter wave wideband communications
US9668189B2 (en) * 2014-11-14 2017-05-30 Industrial Technology Research Institute Handover management method and base station using the same
US10306597B2 (en) * 2015-07-21 2019-05-28 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for beam-level radio resource management and mobility in cellular network

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20140073329A1 (en) * 2012-09-12 2014-03-13 Korea Advanced Institute Of Science And Technology Apparatus and method for handover in wireless communication system
CN106134250A (zh) * 2014-03-31 2016-11-16 阿尔卡特朗讯 用于操作无线电通信***中的第一基站和第二基站的方法及其第一基站和第二基站

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP3609225A4

Cited By (36)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11870724B2 (en) 2017-08-10 2024-01-09 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Beam failure recovery request transmission
US11425774B2 (en) 2017-08-10 2022-08-23 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Transmission power control for beam failure recovery requests
US11165485B2 (en) 2017-08-10 2021-11-02 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Priority of beam failure recovery request and uplink channels
US10887939B2 (en) 2017-08-10 2021-01-05 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Transmission power control for beam failure recovery requests
US11950309B2 (en) 2017-08-10 2024-04-02 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Transmission power control for beam failure recovery requests
US11949487B2 (en) 2017-08-10 2024-04-02 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Priority of beam failure recovery request and uplink channels
US11950287B2 (en) 2017-08-10 2024-04-02 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Resource configuration of beam failure recovery request transmission
US10855359B2 (en) 2017-08-10 2020-12-01 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Priority of beam failure recovery request and uplink channels
US11337265B2 (en) 2017-08-10 2022-05-17 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Beam failure recovery request transmission
US11277301B2 (en) 2017-09-07 2022-03-15 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Unified downlink control information for beam management
US11611468B2 (en) 2017-09-28 2023-03-21 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Beam management with DRX configuration
US10660063B2 (en) 2017-11-16 2020-05-19 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Beam paging assistance
US11696256B2 (en) 2017-11-16 2023-07-04 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Beam selection for paging
US11240780B2 (en) 2017-11-16 2022-02-01 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Beam paging assistance
US11490442B2 (en) 2018-01-09 2022-11-01 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Downlink partial beam failure recovery
US11368996B2 (en) 2018-01-09 2022-06-21 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Resource selection in beam failure recovery transmissions
US10863570B2 (en) 2018-01-09 2020-12-08 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Beam selection in beam failure recovery request retransmission
US11678235B2 (en) 2018-02-09 2023-06-13 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Beam failure recovery procedure in carrier aggregation
US10798622B2 (en) 2018-02-09 2020-10-06 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Beam failure recovery in carrier aggregation
US11419066B2 (en) 2018-02-15 2022-08-16 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Beam failure report
US10904940B2 (en) 2018-03-30 2021-01-26 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Configuration for beam failure recovery
US11310859B2 (en) 2018-03-30 2022-04-19 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Configuration for beam failure recovery
US11723103B2 (en) 2018-03-30 2023-08-08 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Configuration for beam failure recovery
US11039350B2 (en) 2018-04-02 2021-06-15 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Beam failure recovery
US11882488B2 (en) 2018-04-02 2024-01-23 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Beam failure recovery
US11095355B2 (en) 2018-05-10 2021-08-17 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Prioritization in beam failure recovery procedures
US12034511B2 (en) 2018-05-10 2024-07-09 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Prioritization in beam failure recovery procedures
US11012137B2 (en) 2018-08-09 2021-05-18 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Resource management for beam failure recovery procedures
US11936459B2 (en) 2018-08-09 2024-03-19 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Resource management for beam failure recovery procedures
US11324064B2 (en) 2018-09-24 2022-05-03 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Beam failure recovery procedures
US11627627B2 (en) 2018-09-24 2023-04-11 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Beam failure recovery procedures
US11825364B2 (en) 2018-09-25 2023-11-21 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Beam configuration for secondary cells
US11343735B2 (en) 2018-09-25 2022-05-24 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Beam configuration for secondary cells
EP3944664A4 (en) * 2019-04-10 2022-05-11 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DISCONNECTION RECOVERY
EP4207864A1 (en) * 2019-04-30 2023-07-05 Fujitsu Limited Ssb-based measurement apparatuses
EP3996416A4 (en) * 2019-07-15 2022-08-31 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. SWITCHING METHOD AND COMMUNICATION APPARATUS

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20200068457A1 (en) 2020-02-27
EP3609225A4 (en) 2020-02-12
CN108810922B (zh) 2021-02-23
BR112019022826A2 (pt) 2020-05-26
US11246068B2 (en) 2022-02-08
EP3609225A1 (en) 2020-02-12
CN108810922A (zh) 2018-11-13
EP3609225B1 (en) 2021-06-02

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2018201990A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及终端、基站
US11303343B2 (en) Method, terminal device, and network device for beam failure management and beam recovery
US11122523B2 (en) Information transmission method and apparatus
CN110913422B (zh) 用于小区测量的方法和装置
US11102744B2 (en) Downlink synchronization method, and apparatus and system cross-reference to related applications
JP7230057B2 (ja) 通信システムにおける時間ドメイン割り当てを提供するためのシステムおよび方法
US10623981B2 (en) Information transmission method, apparatus, and system
KR20200102438A (ko) 유저단말 및 무선 통신 방법
CN110291751B (zh) 用于在无线通信网络中关联载波的方法和装置
EP3432678B1 (en) Device and method of configuring a secondary node and reporting in dual connectivity
JP7140685B2 (ja) 端末、無線通信方法、基地局及びシステム
WO2018086549A1 (zh) 一种信息冲突处理方法及终端
EP4133669A1 (en) Processing time for fast-switched ul tx across carriers
US20230284046A1 (en) Nr sidelink fast intra-cell relay switching
KR102501134B1 (ko) 무선 통신들에서의 유연한 다운링크 제어 신호 모니터링
US20240214879A1 (en) Physical cell identity collision resolution for wireless networks
EP4039045A1 (en) Adapting maximum allowed cca failures based on single occasion periodicity
WO2023068355A1 (ja) 通信装置、基地局、及び通信方法
WO2023127638A1 (ja) 基地局及び通信方法
US20240236793A1 (en) Bi-layered mobility for ng-ran
WO2023068350A1 (ja) 通信装置、基地局、及び通信方法
KR20230127242A (ko) 고속 SCell 활성화
WO2024096788A1 (en) Wireless device and network node for flexible skipping of measurement occasions
JP2024502624A (ja) ビーム障害情報の生成方法、報告方法及び装置

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 18794114

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112019022826

Country of ref document: BR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2018794114

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20191108

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112019022826

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20191031